Protection Systems

SIPROTEC Compact
7SD80, 7SJ80, 7SJ81, 7SK80, 7SK81,
7RW80, 7SC80
Catalog SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

Answers for infrastructure and cities.

Overview of Documentation

SIPROTEC

Protection
Selection
Guide 1)
6,3527(&
&RPSDFW 6,3527(&
'9' ',*6,
6,3527(&
7XWRULDO
7XWRULDO

SIPROTEC 4
Catalog 1)
SIPROTEC SIPROTEC 5
Compact - SIPROTEC easy
- System catalog - SIPROTEC
Catalog - Device catalogs series 600
- Communication
- Accessories

Fig. 1/1 Overview of Siemens protection catalogs

Protection selection guide SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC series 600, SIPROTEC easy,

communication and accessories
The selection guide offers an overview of the device series of
the Siemens protection devices, and a device selection table. This catalog describes the features of the device series
SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC series 600 and SIPROTEC easy, as
SIPROTEC Compact catalog well as their devices. In further chapters, the accessories of
The complete SIPROTEC compact catalog describes the the complete SIPRROTEC family for communication,
features of the SIPROTEC Compact series and presents the auxiliary relays and test equipment are described.
available devices and their application possibilities.

SIPROTEC 5 catalogs
The system catalog describes the features of the SIPROTEC 5
system. The SIPROTEC 5 device catalogs describe device-
specific features such as scope of functions, hardware and
application.

1) Available only in english

 Contents

SIPROTEC Compact Introduction Page

7SD80, 7SJ80, 7SJ81,

Editorial
Overview of all SIPROTEC device series
1/4
1/5 to 1/10
11
7SK80, 7SK81, 7RW80, SIPROTEC Compact

7SC80 Selection Table, System features

Operating programs 2/1 to 2/16 22
Products
Catalog SIP 3.01 · Edition 2
Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Invalid: Catalog SIP 3.01 · V1.0
3/1 to 3/22
33
www.siemens.com/siprotec
Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80

4/1 to 4/30
44
Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power Current Transformer Applications

5/1 to 5/24 55
Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80

6/1 to 6/28
66
Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power Current Transformer Applications

7/1 to 7/28 77
Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80

8/1 to 8/16
88
Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80

9/1 to 9/20
99
Attachment

SIPROTEC relay selection table 10/3

Ordering examples and accessories 10/13
Selection and ordering data 10/14
Dimension drawings 10/15
The products and systems described in this catalog are
manufactured and sold according to a certified
management system (acc.to ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and
Legal notice 10/17
10
BS OHSAS 18001).

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 1/3

 Introduction
Editorial

We are pleased to have the opportunity to introduce our new

SIPROTEC Compact catalog to you.
1 The SIPROTEC Compact series has been especially conceived
for the requirements of the medium-voltage and industrial
sector, but it can of course also be used for other applications
such as high-voltage switchgear, for example.
The outstanding feature of the SIPROTEC Compact series
2 is the compact design offering, at the same time, a high
functional density and user friendliness. In the development
of the SIPROTEC Compact series we have integrated our
experience from more than 100 years of protection systems,
the proven functions of SIPROTEC 4, and many customer
suggestions.
3 The Compact series fits perfectly into the SIPROTEC concept,

LSP3.01-0001.eps
and can be combined with other devices of this system as
required.
With SIPROTEC we are offering you an open and future-proof
system family to solve the requirements of modern power
4 supply systems.
Fig. 1/2 SIPROTEC Compact front

At the beginning, please orientate yourself by means of a

short overview of the complete SIPROTEC family, and then
discover the system features of the SIPROTEC Compact series.

5 Please convince yourself of the performance of SIPROTEC

Compact series, and develop the possible solutions for your
requirements.
SIPROTEC – safe, reliable and efficient.

6
Yours sincerely,
Ingo Erkens

LSP3.01-0002.eps
General Manager
Infrastructure & Cities Sector
Smart Grid Division
8 Energy Automation Fig. 1/3 Application in medium voltage

10

1/4 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Introduction
SIPROTEC device series

Solutions for today‘s and future power supply systems –

for more than 100 years

SIPROTEC has established itself on the energy market for 1

decades as a powerful and complete system family of
numerical protection relays and bay controllers from
Siemens.
SIPROTEC protection relays from Siemens can be consistent-
ly used throughout all applications in medium and high
2
voltage. With SIPROTEC, operators have their systems firmly
and safely under control, and have the basis to implement
cost-efficient solutions for all duties in modern, intelligent
and “smart” grids. Users can combine the units of the
different SIPROTEC device series at will for solving manifold
3

LSP3.01-0003.eps
duties – because SIPROTEC stands for continuity, openness
and future-proof design.
As the innovation driver and trendsetter in the field of
protection systems for 100 years, Siemens helps system
operators to design their grids in an intelligent, ecological,
reliable and efficient way, and to operate them economi-
Fig. 1/4 SIPROTEC family
4
cally. As a pioneer, Siemens has decisively influenced the
How can system operators benefit from this experience?
development of numerical protection systems (Fig. 1/5). The
first application went into operation in Würzburg, Germany, • Proven and complete applications
in 1977. Consistent integration of protection and control • Easy integration into your system
functions for all SIPROTEC devices was the innovation step • Highest quality of hardware and software
5
in the 90ies. After release of the communication standard
• Excellent operator friendliness of devices and tools
IEC 61850 in the year 2004, Siemens was the first manufac-
turer worldwide to put a system with this communication • Easy data exchange between applications
standard into operation. In the meantime we have delivered • Extraordinary consistency between product and
more than 250,000 devices with IEC 61850 included. system-engineering 6
• Reduced complexity by easy operation
• Siemens as a reliable, worldwide operating partner.

10
LSP3.01-0004-en.eps

Fig. 1/5 SIPROTEC – Pioneer over generations

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 1/5

 Introduction
SIPROTEC device series

SIPROTEC 5 – the new benchmark for protection,

automation and monitoring of transmission grids
1 The SIPROTEC 5 series is based on the long field experience
of the SIPROTEC device series, and has been especially
designed for the new requirements of modern systems. For
this purpose, SIPROTEC 5 is equipped with extensive func-
tionalities and device types. With the holistic and consistent
2 engineering tool DIGSI 5, a solution has also been provided
for the increasingly complex processes, from the design via
the engineering phase up to the test and operation phase.

LSP3.01-0013.eps
Thanks to the high modularity of hardware and software,
the functionality and hardware of the devices can be
tailored to the requested application and adjusted to the
3 continuously changing requirements throughout the entire
life cycle.
Besides the reliable and selective protection and the com-
plete automation function, SIPROTEC 5 offers an extensive
database for operation and monitoring of modern power
4 supply systems. Synchrophasors (PMU), power quality data
Fig. 1/14 SIPROTEC 5 – modular hardware

and extensive operational equipment data are part of the

scope of supply.
• Powerful protection functions guarantee the safety of the
system operator‘s equipment and employees
5 • Individually configurable devices save money on initial in-
vestment as well as storage of spare parts, maintenance,
expansion and adjustment of your equipment
• Clear and easy-to-use of devices and software thanks to
6 user-friendly design
• Increase of reliability and quality of the engineering

LSP3.01-0014.eps
process
• High safety by consistent implementation of Safety and
Security
7 • Powerful communication components guarantee safe and
effective solutions
• Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2
• Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical and
8 electrical Ethernet rings
Fig. 1/15 SIPROTEC 5 – modular process connection

• Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for

highest availability
• Efficient operating concepts by flexible engineering of
9 IEC 61850 Edition 2
• Comprehensive database for monitoring of modern power
grids
• Optimal smart automation platform for transmission grids
based on integrated synchrophasor measurement units
(PMU) and power quality functions.

10
LSP3.01-0012.eps

Fig. 1/16 Application in a high-voltage power system

1/6 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Introduction
SIPROTEC device series

SIPROTEC Compact –
Maximum protection – minimum space
Reliable and flexible protection for energy distribution and 1
industrial systems with minimum space requirements. The
devices of the SIPROTEC Compact family offer an extensive
variety of functions in a compact and thus space-saving
1/6 x 19“ housing. The devices can be used as main pro-
tection in medium-voltage applications or as back-up pro- 2
tection in high-voltage systems.

LSP3.01-0007-en.eps
SIPROTEC Compact provides suitable devices for many
applications in energy distribution, such as the protection
of feeders, lines or motors. Moreover, it also performs tasks
such as system decoupling, load shedding, load restoration,
as well as voltage and frequency protection. 3
The SIPROTEC Compact series is based on millions of opera-
tional experience with SIPROTEC 4 and a further-developed,
compact hardware, in which many customer suggestions
were integrated. This offers maximum reliability combined
with excellent functionality and flexibility.
Fig. 1/8 SIPROTEC Compact
4
• Simple installation by means of pluggable current and
voltage terminal blocks
• Thresholds adjustable via software (3 stages guarantee a
safe and reliable recording of input signals)
• Easy adjustment of secondary current transformer values
5
(1 A/5 A) to primary transformers via DIGSI 4
• Quick operations at the device by means of 9 freely
programmable function keys
• Clear overview with six-line display 6

LSP3.01-0008.eps
• Easy service due to buffer battery replaceable at the front
side
• Use of standard cables via USB port at the front
• Integration in the communication network by means of 7
two further communication interfaces
• Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
• Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability
Fig. 1/9 SIPROTEC Compact – rear view
8
• Reduction of wiring between devices by means of cross-
communication via Ethernet (IEC 61850 GOOSE)
• Time synchronization to the millisecond via Ethernet with
SNTP for targeted fault evaluation 9
• Adjustable to the protection requirements by means of
“flexible protection functions”
• Comfortable engineering and evaluation via DIGSI 4.
LSP3.01-0009.eps

10

Fig. 1/10 Feeder automation relay 7SC80

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 1/7

 Introduction
SIPROTEC device series

SIPROTEC 4 – the proven, reliable and future-proof

protection for all applications
1 SIPROTEC 4 represents a worldwide successful and proven
device series with more than 1 million devices in field use.
Due to the homogenous system platform, the unique
engineering program DIGSI 4 and the great field experience,
the SIPROTEC 4 device family has gained the highest
2 appreciation of users all over the world. Today, SIPROTEC 4
is considered the standard for numerical protection systems
in all fields of application.
SIPROTEC 4 provides suitable devices for all applications
from power generation and transmission up to distribution
and industrial systems.
3

LSP3.01-0010.eps
SIPROTEC 4 is a milestone in protection systems. The
SIPROTEC 4 device series implements the integration of
protection, control, measuring and automation functions
optimally in one device. In many fields of application, all
tasks of the secondary systems can be performed with one
4 single device. The open and future-proof concept of
Fig. 1/11 SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 4 has been ensured for the entire device series

with the implementation of IEC 61850.
• Proven protection functions guarantee the safety of the
5 systems operator‘s equipment and employees
• Comfortable engineering and evaluation via DIGSI 4
• Simple creation of automation solutions by means of the
integrated CFC
• Targeted and easy operation of devices and software
6 thanks to user-friendly design
• Powerful communication components guarantee safe and

LSP2174-afp.tif
effective solutions
• Maximum experience worldwide in the use of SIPROTEC 4
7 and in the implementation of IEC 61850 projects
• Future-proof due to exchangeable communication inter-
faces and integrated CFC
• Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
8 • Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
Fig. 1/12 SIPROTEC 4 – rear view

highest availability.

10
LSP3.01-0011.eps

Fig. 1/13 SIPROTEC 4 application in power stations

1/8 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Introduction
SIPROTEC device series

SIPROTEC easy
SIPROTEC easy are CT power supplied, numerical overcurrent
protection relays, which can be used as line and transformer 1
protection (back-up protection) in electrical power supply
systems with single-ended supply. They offer overcurrent
protection and overcurrent protection functions according
to IEC and ANSI. The comfortable operation via DIP switch is
self-explanatory and simple. 2
• Two-stage time-overcurrent protection
• Saving the auxiliary power supply by operation via integ-

LSP3.01-0005.eps
rated current transformer supply
• Cost-efficient due to the use of instrument transformers
with low ratings
• Tripping via pulse output (DC 24 V / 0.1 Ws) or tripping
3
relay output
• Simple, self-explanatory parameterization and operation
via DIP switch directly at the device
• Easy installation due to compact assembly on DIN rail. 4
Fig. 1/6 SIPROTEC easy
SIPROTEC Compact (series 600)
The devices of the SIPROTEC Compact series (series 600)
are compact, numerical protection devices for application
5
in medium-voltage or industrial power supply systems. The
corresponding device types are available for the different
applications such as time-overcurrent protection, line dif-
ferential protection, transient ground-fault relay or busbar
protection.
6
• Space-saving due to compact design
• Reliable process connections by means of solid terminal
blocks
• Effective fault evaluation by means of integrated fault LSP3.01-0006.eps
7
recording and SIGRA 4
• Communication interface
• Operable and evaluable via DIGSI 4
• Different device types available for directional and non- 8
directional applications.

Fig. 1/7 SIPROTEC Compact (series 600)

9

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 1/9

 Introduction

10

1/10 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

Protection Systems
SIPROTEC Compact
 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact

Seite
1
SIPROTEC Compact selection table 2/3

SIPROTEC Compact system features 2/4

2 Operation 2/6

Construction and hardware 2/7

Control and automation functions 2/8

Operating programs DIGSI 4 and SIGRA 4 2/9

3 Communication 2/12

10

2/2 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
SIPROTEC Compact selection table

feeder protection

motor protection
Overcurrent and
Line differential

Generator and
1

Voltage and

automation
protection

protection
frequency

Feeder
SIPROTEC Compact
2

7RW80
7SD80

7SK80

7SK81

7SC80
7SJ80

7SJ81
ANSI Siemens Funktion (de) Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole C C C C C C C
14 Locked rotor protection I> + V< – – – C C – –
FL Fault locator FL – V V – – – V
24 Overexcitation protection V/f – – – – – V –
25
27
Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
Undervoltage protection
Sync
V< V
– V
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
V
C
V
V 3
32 Directional power supervision P>, P< – V V V V – V
37 Undercurrent, underpower I<, P< – C C C C – C
38 Temperature supervision Θ> – – – C C – –
46 Unbalanced-load protection I2> – C C C C – C
46
47
Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection I2>, I2/I1>
Phase-sequence-voltage supervision L1, L2, L3
–
–
C
V
C
V
C
V
C
V C
– C
V
4
48 Start-time supervision I2anl – – – C C – –
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I2t C C C C C – C
50/50N Definite time-overcurrent protection I> C C C C C – C
50Ns Sensitive ground-current protection INs> – V V V V – C
50L
Intermittent ground fault protection
Load-jam protection
Iie>
I>L
–
–
C
–
–
–
C
C
–
C
–
–
–
–
5
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP C C C C C – C
51C Cold load pickup – C C C C – C
51/51N Inverse time-overcurrent protection IP, INP C C C C C – C
51V Overcurrent protection, voltage controlled t=f(I)+V< – V – V – – –
55
59
Power factor
Overvoltage protection
cos ϕ
V> V
– V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V C
– V
V
6
59R, 27R Rate-of-voltage-change protection dV/dt – V – V – C –
66 Restart inhibit I 2t – – – C C – –
67 Directional time-overcurrent protection I>, IP ∠ (V,I) V V V – – – V
67N
Directional time-overcurrent protection for
ground faults
IN>, INP ∠ (V,I) V V V V V – V 7
Sensitive ground-fault detection for systems
67Ns
with resonant or isolated neutral
INs ∠ (V,I) – V V V V – C
67Ns Directional intermittent ground fault protection Iiedir> – V – V – – –
Undervoltage controlled reactive power protection Q>, V> – V – – – – –
C C C C C C C
74TC
79
Trip-circuit supervision
Automatic reclosing
TCS
AR V V V – – – V 8
81 Frequency protection f<, f> V V V V V C V
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt V V V V V C V
Vector-jump protection ∆φU> – – – – – V –
81LR Load restoration LZ – – – – – V –
85
86
Teleprotection
Lockout
C
C
–
C
–
C
–
C
–
C C
–
C
–
9
87 Differential protection ΔI C – – – – – –
87N Differential ground-fault protection ΔIN C V – – – – –
Broken-wire detection for differential protection C – – – – – –
Further functions
Measured values C C C C C C C
Switching-statistic counters C C C C C C C
Logic editor C C C C C C C
Inrush-current detection C C C C C – C
External trip initiation C C C C C C C
Control
Fault recording of analog and binary signals
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C 10
Monitoring and supervision C C C C C C C
Protection interface, serial C – – – – – –
No. Setting groups 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
C basic V optional – not available
Tabelle 2/1 SIPROTEC Compact relay selection table

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 2/3

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
SIPROTEC Compact system features

Field devices in energy distribution systems and in industrial Fig. 2/1 shows exemplary how the most different tasks can
applications must cover the most varying tasks, and yet be be easily and safely solved with the matching
1 adjustable easily and at short notice. These tasks comprise,
for example:
SIPROTEC Compact devices.

Operation
• Protection of different operational equipment such as
lines, cables, motors and busbars During the development of SIPROTEC Compact, special value
was placed not only on a powerful functionality, but also on
• Decoupling and disconnecting of parts of the power
2 supply system
simple and intuitive operation by the operating personnel.
Freely assignable LEDs and a six-line display guarantee an
• Load shedding and load restoration unambiguous and clear indication of the process states.
• Voltage and frequency protection In conjunction with up to 9 function keys and the control
• Local or remote control of circuit-breakers keys for the operational equipment, the operating personnel
• Acquisition and recording of measured values and events can react quickly and safely to every situation. This ensures
a high operational reliability even under stress situations,
3 • Communication with neighboring devices or the control
center.
thus reducing the training effort considerably.

5
Infeed

6 7SJ80 7RW80
SIEMENS
Backup transformer SIEMENS

 Voltage/frequency protection
protection
Load shedding
Busbar protection via
Load restoration
reverse interlocking

7 MV-Substation

 7SD80  7SJ80 
7SJ80 
7SC80  7SK80 7SJ80
SIEMENS
Busbar protection via SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS  SIEMENS

reverse interlocking
8 possible

9 * 0

7SD80 7RW80 7SK80

SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS
1_17_Visio_Compact.pdf

 

10 Cable Generation Transformer Feeder Motor Bus Coupler

Fig. 2/1 Fields of application in a typical MV system

2/4 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
SIPROTEC Compact system features

Feeder Automation device 7SC80 Load Balancing

The Feeder Automation device 7SC80 is designed for Balance the load within a feeder by moving the Normally
decentralized as well as for centralized feeder automation
applications. This solution allows various flexible high speed
Open Point 1
applications like Section Isolation
Isolate a dedicated section of a feeder for maintenance
FLISR (Fault Location, Isolation, and Service Restoration) without affecting other sections
Detect and locate a fault in the feeder, isolate the faulty
section and set the healthy portions of the feeder back into
Fig. 2/2 shows an example of a typical ring main application 2
with overhead lines and 5 sections.
service
Every section is protected and automated by the 7SC80
Source transfer Feeder Automation device.
Detect and isolate a faulty source and set the de-energised
sections of the feeder back into service
3

10

Fig. 2/2 Fields of application with feeder automation controller 7SC80

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 2/5

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
Operation

Local operation
All operations and information can be executed
1 via an integrated user interface:

2 operation LEDs
2 In an illuminated 6-line LC display, process and
device information can be indicated as text in
different lists.

4 navigation keys

3 8 freely programmable LEDs serve for indication

of process or device information. The LEDs can
be labeled user-specifically. The LED reset key
resets the LEDs.

4
9 freely configurable function keys
support the user in performing frequent
5 operations quickly and comfortably.

LSP2899.eps
Fig. 2/3
SIPROTEC Compact
Numerical operation keys with open board
6 USB user interface (type B) for modern
and fast communication with the
operating software DIGSI.

7 Keys “O” and “I” for direct control of

operational equipment.

9
LSP2900.eps

10
Fig. 2/4
SIPROTEC Compact
Battery cover accessible from outside.
with closed board and
open battery cover

2/6 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
Construction and hardware

Connection techniques and housing with

many advantages
1

LSP3.01-0033.eps
The relay housing is 1/6 of a 19" rack and
makes replacement of predecessors model
very easy. The height is 244 mm (9.61").
Pluggable current and voltage terminals
allow for pre-wiring and simplify the
exchange of devices in the case of support.
Fig. 2/6 Voltage terminal block
2
CT shorting is done in the removable current
terminal block. It is thus not possible to open-

LSP3.01-0008.eps
circuit a secondary current transformer.
All binary inputs are independent and

LSP3.01-0034.eps
the pick-up thresholds are settable using
software settings (3 stages). The relay 3
current transformer taps (1 A / 5 A) are new
software settings. Up to 9 function keys can
be programmed for predefined menu ent-
Fig. 2/5 7SK80, 7SJ80, 7SD80 Fig. 2/7 Current terminal block
ries, switching sequences, etc. The assigned
function of the function keys can be shown
rear view
4
in the display of the relay.
If a conventional (inductive) set of primary
voltage transformers is not available in the
feeder, the phase-to-ground voltages can be
measured directly through a set of capacitor 5
cones in the medium-voltage switchgear.
In this case, the functions directional
time-overcurrent protection, ground (ANSI
67N), voltage protection (ANSI 27/59) and
frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U) are 6
LSP3.01-0015.eps

LSP3.01-0016.eps
available. With overcurrent protection 7SJ81
there is also a device for low-power current
transformer applications.

7
Fig. 2/8 7SJ81, 7SK81 rear view Fig. 2/9 7RW80 rear view
Current terminals – ring-type lugs

Connection Wmax = 9.5 mm

8
Ring-type lugs d1 = 5.0 mm

Wire size 2.0 – 5.2 mm2 (AWG 14 – 10)

Current terminals – single cables
Cable cross-section 2.0 – 5.2 mm2 (AWG 14 – 10) w
9
Conductor sleeve with L = 10 mm (0.39 in) or
plastic sleeve L = 12 mm (0.47 in)
SIP C-0002.ai
d1

Stripping length 15 mm (0.59 in)

(when used without Only solid copper wires may
conductor sleeve) be used.
Voltage terminals – single cables Fig. 2/11 Ring-type lug
LSP2901.eps

Cable cross-section 0.5 – 2.0 mm2 (AWG 20 – 14)

Conductor sleeve with
plastic sleeve
L = 10 mm (0.39 in) or
L = 12 mm (0.47 in) 10
Stripping length 12 mm (0.347 in)
(when used without Only solid copper wires may
conductor sleeve) be used.
Fig. 2/10 Front view,
Table 2/2 Wiring specifications for process connection surface-mounting housing

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 2/7

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
Control and automation functions

Control Assignment of feedback to command

In addition to the protection functions, SIPROTEC Compact The positions of the circuit-breaker or switching devices
1 units also support all control and monitoring functions and transformer taps are acquired through feedback. These
that are required for operating medium-voltage or high- indication inputs are logically assigned to the corresponding
voltage substations. The status of primary equipment or command outputs. The unit can therefore distinguish whe-
auxiliary devices can be obtained from auxiliary contacts ther the indication change is a result of switching operation
and communicated to the unit via binary inputs. Therefore it or whether it is an undesired spontaneous change of state.
2 is possible to detect and indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED
Chatter disable
position or a fault or intermediate circuit-breaker or auxiliary
contact position. The chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in a set peri-
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be controlled via: od of time, the number of status changes of indication input
– integrated operator panel exceeds a specified number. If exceeded, the indication
input is blocked for a certain period, so that the event list
– binary inputs
3 – substation control and protection system
will not record excessive operations.

– DIGSI 4. Indication filtering and delay

Binary indications can be filtered or delayed. Filtering serves
Automation / user-defined logic
to suppress brief changes in potential at the indication
4 With integrated logic, the user can create, through a graphic input. The indication is passed on only if the indication
interface (CFC), specific functions for the automation of a voltage is still present after a set period of time. In the event
switchgear or a substation. Functions are activated using of an indication delay, there is a delay for a preset time. The
function keys, a binary input or through the communication information is passed on only if the indication voltage is still
interface. present after this time.
5 Switching authority Indication derivation
Switching authority is determined by set parameters or User-definable indications can be derived from individual
through communications to the relay. Each switching or a group of indications. These grouped indications are of
operation and switch-position change will be noted in the great value to the user that need to minimize the number of
6 operational log. Command source, switching device, cause indications sent to the system interface.
(spontaneous change or command) and result of
a switching operation will be stored.

Command processing
7 All functionalities of the command processing are available.
This includes the processing of single and double commands
with or without feedback, sophisticated monitoring of the
control hardware and software, checking of the external
8 process, control actions using functions such as runtime
monitoring and automatic command termination after
output. Here are some typical applications:
• Single and double commands using 1, 1 plus 1 common
or 2 trip contacts
9 • User-definable bay interlocks
• Operating sequences combining several switching ope-
rations, such as control of circuit-breakers, disconnectors
and grounding switches
• Triggering of switching operations, indications or alarms
by combination with existing information.

10

2/8 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
Operating programs DIGSI 4 and SIGRA 4

DIGSI 4, an operating software for

all SIPROTEC protection devices
The PC operating program DIGSI 4 is the user interface With DIGSI 4, SIPROTEC devices are configured and evalu- 1
to the SIPROTEC devices, regardless of their version. It is ated – it is the tailored program for industrial and energy
designed with a modern, intuitive user interface. distribution systems.

9
SIP C-0005.ai

Fig. 2/12 DIGSI 4 operating program

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 2/9

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
Operating programs DIGSI 4 and SIGRA 4

Simple protection setting

From the numerous protection
1 functions it is possible to easily select
only those which are really required
(see Fig. 2/12). This increases the
clearness of the other menus.

2 Device setting with primary or

secondary values
The settings can be entered and
displayed as primary or secondary
values. Switching over between

LSP3.01-0017.eps
primary and secondary values is done
3 with one mouse click in the tool bar
(see Fig. 2/13).

Assignment matrix
Fig. 2/13 DIGSI 4, main menu, selection of protection functions
The DIGSI 4 matrix shows the user
4 the complete configuration of the
device at a glance (Fig. 2/14). For
example, the assignment of the LEDs,
the binary inputs and the output
relays is displayed in one image. With
5 one click, the assignment can be
changed.

LSP3.01-0018.eps
IEC 61850 system configurator
The IEC 61850 system configurator,
6 which is started out of the system
manager, is used to determine the Fig. 2/14 DIGSI 4, assignment matrix
IEC 61850 network structure as well as
the extent of data exchange between
the participants of a IEC 61850
7 station. To do this, subnets are added
in the “network” working area – if
required –, available participants are
assigned to the subnets, and addres-
sing is defined. The “assignment”
8 working area is used to link data
objects between the participants, e.g.,
the starting message of the V /inverse
time-overcurrent protection I > func-
tion of feeder 1, which is transferred
9 to the incoming supply in order to
prompt the reverse interlocking of the
V / inverse time-overcurrent protection
I >> function there (see Fig. 2/15).
System Configurator.tif

10
Fig. 2/15 DIGSI 4, IEC 61850 system configurator

2/10 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
Operating programs DIGSI 4 and SIGRA 4

CFC: Projecting the logic instead of

programming
With the CFC (continuous function 1
chart), it is possible to link and
derive information without software
knowledge by simply drawing technical
processes, interlocks and operating
sequences. 2
Logical elements such as AND, OR,
timers, etc., as well as limit value re-
quests of measured values are available
(Fig. 2/16).

Commissioning
3

LSP2324-afpen.tif
Special attention has been paid to
commissioning. All binary inputs and
outputs can be set and read out in
targeted way. Thus, a very simple
wiring test is possible. Messages can Fig. 2/16 CFC plan
4
be sent to the serial interface delibe-
rately for test purposes.

SIGRA 4, powerful analysis of all

protection fault records 5
lt is of crucial importance after a line
fault that the fault is quickly and fully
analyzed so that the proper measures
can be immediately derived from the
evaluation of the cause. As a result, 6
the original line condition can be
quickly restored and the downtime
reduced to an absolute minimum. lt is
possible with SIGRA 4 to display records
from digital protection units and fault 7
recorders in various views and measure
them, as required, depending on the
relevant task.

9
LSP2330-afpen.tif

Fig. 2/17 Typical time-signal representation

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 2/11

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
Communication

Communication System interface protocols (retrofittable)

As regards communication, the devices offer high flexibility • IEC 61850
1 for the connection to industrial and energy automation The ethernet-based protocol IEC 61850 is established as
standards. The concept of the communication modules a worldwide standard for protection and systems control.
running the protocols enables exchangeability and retrofit- SIPROTEC devices work as IEC 61850 servers and, via
tability. Thus, the devices can also be perfectly adjusted to a the protocol, they can exchange extensive data with up
changing communication infrastructure in the future, e.g., to 6 clients (e.g. SICAM PAS or SICAM TM1703) which
2 when Ethernet networks will be increasingly used in the are defined in logical nodes in the IEC 61850 Standard
utilities sector in the years to come. for protection and systems control functions. Static and
dynamic reports are supported. Additionally, fault records
USB interface can be transmitted which are stored in the binary Comtrade
There is a USB interface on the front of the relay. All the format in the device. Switching commands can be executed
relay functions can be parameterized on PC by using DIGSI- in the controlling direction. Data can be transmitted within
3 programms. Commissioning tools and fault analysis are built
into the DIGSI program and are used through this interface.
few milliseconds between devices via GOOSE messages of
the IEC 61850. This efficient intercommunication between
devices replaces the former parallel wiring through commu-
Interfaces nication connections via the ethernet network.
A number of communication modules suitable for various IEC 61850 is supported in Edition 1 and Edition 2 and the
4 applications can be fitted at the bottom of the housing. devices are certified independently in compliance with
IEC 61850 Part 10.
The modules can be easily replaced by the user. The inter-
face modules support the following applications: The time synchronization can be made redundantly via
• System/service interface two SNTP timers which are integrated in the IEC 61850
Communication with a central control system takes place engineering.
5 through this interface. Radial or ring type station bus In addition to the IEC 61850 protocol, further protocols are
topologies can be configured depending on the chosen in- available on the ethernet module. They can be activated and
terface. Furthermore, the units can exchange data through deactivated through DIGSI 4 so that safety requirements are
this interface via Ethernet and the IEC 61850 protocol and fulfilled. The devices can be accessed completely with DIGSI 4
can also be accessed using DIGSI. Alternatively, up to 2 ex- via the ethernet network with the ethernet module. Diag-
6 ternal temperature detection devices with max. 12 metering nostic pages of the module can be accessed via a browser,
sensors can be connected to the system/service interface. e.g. for supporting the commissioning. The device can be
• Ethernet interface integrated into a network monitoring system via SNMP V2
The Ethernet interface has been designed for quick access to which allows monitoring permanently the behavior of the
device in the network. The network redundancy protocols
7 several protection devices via DIGSI. In the case of the motor
protection 7SK80, it is possible to connect max. 2 external RSTP and HSR which are integrated on the ethernet module
temperature detection devices with max. 12 metering permit the construction of economical ring structures.
sensors to the Ethernet interface. As for the line differential Interruption-free redundancy can be achieved via parallel
protection, the optical interface is located at this interface. networks with PRP.

10

2/12 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
Communication

• IEC 60870-5-103 • PROFINET

The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an international standard PROFINET is the ethernet-based successor of Profibus DP
for the transmission of protective data and fault recordings.
All messages from the unit and also control commands can
and is supported in the variant PROFINET IO. The protocol
which is used in industry together with the SIMATIC systems
1
be transferred by means of published, Siemens-specific control is realized on the optical and electrical Plus ethernet
extensions to the protocol. modules which are delivered from November 2012. All
Optionally, a redundant IEC 60870-5-103 module is network redundancy procedures which are available for
available. This redundant module allows to read and change
individual parameters.
the ethernet modules, such as RSTP, PRP or HSR, are also
available for PROFINET. The time synchronization is made
2
• PROFIBUS-DP via SNTP. The network monitoring is possible via SNMP V2
PROFIBUS-DP is a widespread protocol in industrial auto- where special MIB files exist for PROFINET. The LLDP protocol
mation. Through PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their of the device also supports the monitoring of the network
information available to a SIMATIC controller or receive com- topology. Single-point indications, double-point indications,
mands from a central SIMATIC controller or PLC. Measured measured and metered values can be transmitted cyclically
values can also be transferred to a PLC master. in the monitoring direction via the protocol and can be 3
• MODBUS RTU selected by the user with DIGSI 4. Important events are also
This simple, serial protocol is mainly used in industry and transmitted spontaneously via configurable process alarms.
by power utilities, and is supported by a number of relay Switching commands can be executed by the system control
via the device in the controlling direction.
manufacturers. SIPROTEC units function as MODBUS slaves,
making their information available to a master or receiving The PROFINET implementation is certified.
4
information from it. A time-stamped event list is available. The device also supports the IEC 61850 protocol as a server
• DNP 3.0 protocol on the same ethernet module in addition to the PROFINET
Power utilities use the serial DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network protocol. Client server connections are possible for the
Protocol) for the station and network control levels.
SIPROTEC units function as DNP slaves, supplying their infor-
intercommunication between devices, e.g. for transmitting
fault records and GOOSE messages.
5
mation to a master system or receiving information from it. • Redundancy protocols for Ethernet (RSTP;PRP and HSR
• DNP3 TCP SIPROTEC Compact supports the redundancy protocols RSTP,
The ethernet-based TCP variant of the DNP3 protocol is PRP and HSR. These protocols can be loaded and activated
supported with the electrical and optical ethernet module. easily via software on the existing optical Ethernet modules. 6
Two DNP3 TCP clients are supported. PRP and HSR guarantee a redundant, uninterruptible and
Redundant ring structures can be realized for DNP3 TCP seamless data transfer in Ethernet networks without exten-
with the help of the integrated switch in the module. For sive parameter settings in the switches
instance, a redundant optical ethernet ring can be construc-
ted. Single-point indications, double-point indications, mea-
7
sured and metered values can be configured with DIGSI 4
and are transmitted to the DNPi client. Switching commands
can be executed in the controlling direction. Fault records of
the device are stored in the binary Comtrade format and can
be retrieved via the DNP 3 file transfer. The time synchroni-
8
zation is performed via the DNPi client or SNTP. The device
can also be integrated into a network monitoring system via
the SNMP V2 protocol.
Parallel to the DNP3 TCP protocol the IEC 61850 protocol
(the device works as a server) and the GOOSE messages
9
of the IEC 61850 are available for the intercommunication
between devices.

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 2/13

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
Communication

System solutions

1 IEC 60870
Devices with IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces can be connected
Substation
to SICAM in parallel via the RS485 bus or radially via optical control system
fiber. Via this interface, the system is open for connection of
devices from other manufacturers.
2 Due to the standardized interfaces, SIPROTEC devices can
also be integrated into systems from other manufacturers, or
into a SIMATIC system. Electrical RS485 or optical interfaces
are available. Optoelectronic converters enable the optimal
selection of transmission physics. Thus, cubicle-internal wi-
ring with the RS485 bus, as well as interference-free optical

SIP-0003a-en.ai
3 connection to the master can be implemented at low cost.

IEC 61850 SIPROTEC 4 SIPROTEC 4 SIPROTEC Compact

An interoperable system solution is offered for IEC 61850

together with SICAM. Via the 100 MBit/s Ethernet bus, the
4 devices are connected electrically or optically to the station
Fig. 2/18 IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection

PC with SICAM. The interface is standardized, thus enabling

the direct connection of devices from other manufacturers to
the Ethernet bus. Option: Control
DIGSI SICAM center
With IEC 61850, the devices can also be installed in systems
5 of other manufacturers.
PAS

switch

7 SIP-0004a-en.ai

8 Fig. 2/19 Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and IEC 61850,
fiber-optic ring

10
LSP3.01-0021.eps

Fig. 2/20 Optical Ethernet communication module for IEC 61850

2/14 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact
Communication

System solution (continued)

Operating and Telecontrol interface to
Time syncronization
1
monitoring system control centers
(e.g. IEC60870-5-104) DCF77, GPS

Max. 12
Substation
controller
e.g. temperature sensor
2
RJ45
Station bus
RTD box

1) 1) 1) 1)
3

DIGSI
4

LSA4868b-en.ai
7SK80 7SK80 7SK80 7SK80 DIGSI 4
Telecontrol
DIGSI via modem

DIGSI 4
(Local for IBS)
5
Fig. 2/21 System solution/communication

2_23_Visio-SICAM-IO-Unit-02-20120731-us.pdf
3RUW$ <FDEOH
To substation Max. 12 5-FDEOH .(*'%$
controller temperature sensor
5-FDEOH

<FDEOH
RTD box .(*'%$
7
5-FDEOH 5-FDEOH

6ZLWFK 6ZLWFK
57'8QLW

;9
6,&$0,28QLW
;9
6,&$0,28QLW
;9 8
Port B Port A Fig. 2/23
Connection of 2 SICAM I/O Units and 1 RTD-box using Y cable
RJ45 1) (maximum 2 SICAM I/O-Units lockable)

9
s 1) Y-cable 7KE6000–8GD00–0BA2
2) RJ45 cable
2_24_Visio-SICAM-IO-Unit-01-20120731-us.pdf

3RUW$ <FDEOH
5-FDEOH .(*'%$
7SK80
LSA4825b-en.ai

5-FDEOH

DIGSI

DIGSI 4
(Local for IBS)

Fig. 2/22 Connection of an RTD box to 7SK80

6ZLWFK 6ZLWFK
10
using Ethernet interface
;9 ;9
1) On 7SK80, the RJ45 interface at port A can be Fig. 2/24 6,&$0,28QLW 6,&$0,28QLW
used for connection of a thermo-box. On 7SD80, Connection of 2 SICAM I/O Units on port A using Y cable
port A is reserved for the optical interface.
(maximum 2 SICAM I/O-Units lockable)

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 2/15

 Protection Systems – SIPROTEC Compact

10

2/16 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

Line Differential Protection 7SD80
SIPROTEC Compact
 Line Differential Protection 7SD80

Page
1
Description 3/3

Function overview 3/4

2 Applications 3/5

Application sheets 3/6

Application examples 3/9

Selection and ordering data 3/12

3 Connection diagrams 3/14

Connection examples 3/20

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

3/2 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Description

Description • Integrated interfaces for exchanging differential protection

data (fiber-optic up to 24 km / 15 miles and/or two-wire
The line differential protection 7SD80 from the SIPROTEC
Compact device series has been conceived for selective line
copper cables up to 20 km / 12 miles)
• Integrated monitoring function of the protection interface,
1
protection in systems with earthed (solid, low-resistance,
high-resistance), isolated or compensated neutral design. both in the commissioning phase and in running operation
The differential protection algorithms used are characterized • Addressability of the protection devices for the differential
by a high stability in case of external faults, low instrument protection communication in order to detect an accidental
transformer requirements, and simple parameterization and interchange of the communication cables in case of 2
testing. parallel cables
In the 7SD80 version with connection of voltage transfor- • Integrated non-directional and directional time-overcurrent
mers, the integrated overcurrent protection can also be used protection
as a directional two-stage overcurrent protection. • Transmission of a circuit-breaker intertripping signal and
Each of the three overcurrent protection stages can be set 16 further binary signals to the opposite end
as emergency or backup protection independently of each • Result: 3
other. First of all, this enables the integration of the 7SD80 The 7DS80 is ideal for distances to 24 km/15 miles, for ring
in a simple busbar protection system by means of reverse systems and as an application for differential protection.
interlocking, and it additionally provides a directional
time-overcurrent protection emergency function if the
communication between the 7SD80 relays fails. 4
Protection interface communication
Data exchange of the differential protection function takes place
by means of digital communication via integrated two-wire
interface and / or an integrated fiber-optic interface. By parallel
5
use of both options communication redundancy can be realised
therefore.
Communication via the protection interface can further be used

3_1_LSP3.01-0030.eps
to send an intertripping command to the circuit-breaker at the
opposite end, and to exchange at the same time up to 16 freely
6
assignable binary signals between the 7SD80 relays.

Highlights
• Pluggable current and voltage terminals 7
• Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages)
• Secondary current transformer values (1 A / 5 A) settable
using DIGSI
• 9 programmable function keys Fig. 3/1 7SD80 front view 8
• 6-line display
• Buffer battery exchangeable from the front
• USB front port
• 2 additional communication ports 9
• Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
• Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability
3_2_LSP3.01-0008.eps

• Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with

IEC 61850 GOOSE
• Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through
Ethernet with SNTP.

7SD80-specific features
10
• Short commissioning times by an easy parameterization
and integrated commissioning help for protection and
communication
Fig. 3/2 7SD80 rear view

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 3/3

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI No. Comment

Differential protection, line ΔI 87L
1 3I0 differential protection Δ3I0 87N L
Ground-fault differential protection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral ΔIEE 87Ns L Optional
Definite time-overcurrent protection with delay for phase I>, I>>, I>>> 50 TD (3 stages)
Definite time-overcurrent protection with delay for earth IE>, IE>>, IE>>> 50N TD (3 stages)
2 Inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase) IP 51
Inverse time-overcurrent protection (ground) IEP 51N
Inrush current detection
Circuit-breaker failure protection LSVS 50BF
Trip-circuit supervision AKU 74TC
3 Lockout 86
Circuit-breaker intertripping scheme 85 DT
External trip initiation
Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59 Optional
4 Underfrequency/overfrequency protection f<, f> 81 U/O Optional
Directional time-overcurrent protection (phase) I>, I>>, IP 67 (3 stages) Optional
Directional time-overcurrent protection (ground) IE>, IE>>, IPE 67N (3 stages) Optional
Automatic reclosing ARE 79 Optional
5 Flexible protection functions for current, voltage, power, cosϕ, frequency Flex Funk Partly optional
2
Thermal overload protection I t 49
Control functions

Table 3/1 Function overview

6
Control functions / programmable logic Communication interface
• Commands (e.g. for the control of circuit-breakers, discon- • System interface
7 nect switches, grounding switches, etc.) through: – IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
– keyboard – IEC 60870-5-103
– binary inputs – MODBUS RTU
– DIGSI 4 – DNP 3.0

8 – communication interface
• User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking).
–
–
PROFIBUS-DP
Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR
• Service interface
Monitoring functions – USB front interface for DIGSI 4
• Operational measured values V, I, f – RS232/RS485 (instead of the system interface)
9 • Energy metering values Wp, Wq • Protection interface
• Circuit-breaker wear monitoring – Fiber-optic connection and/or
– Two-wire connection.
• Minimum and maximum values
• Trip circuit supervision Hardware
• Fast measuring voltage failure “fuse-failure-monitor” • 4 current transformers
• 8 oscillographic fault records. • 0/3 voltage transformers
• 3/5/7 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using
10 software)
• 5/8 binary outputs (2 changeover)
• 1 live-status contact
• Pluggable current and voltage terminals.

3/4 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Applications

The SIPROTEC Compact relay 7SD80 is a numerical line Operational measured values
differential protection relay, which in addition to its main
function, the selective protection of overhead lines and
Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values
(e.g.Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency) 1
cables, also covers control and monitoring tasks.
provide improved system management as well as simplifi-
Line protection cation by the commissioning
As for the operational measured values, a special focus was
The 7SD80 devices are suitable as selective line protection
for application in high-voltage and medium-voltage systems
placed on the measured values critical for differential protec-
tion. So, the attenuation values and the signal-to-noise ratio
2
of all types of neutral designs (solid, low-resistance or high-
of the communication connection, for example, are acquired
resistance earthed, isolated or compensated).
and indicated in addition to the measurement of the quality
Apart from the main protection function, the line differential of the telegram exchange per time unit.
protection, 7SD80 offers a lot of additional protection func-
Particular attention was paid to making the commissioning
tions. These can be used in parallel as a backup protection
function, or as an emergency function if the main protection
of the differential protection easier and safer. In this context,
the amplitude and angle of the currents and of the voltages, 3
function fails, and they complement the range of functions
if applicable, are displayed additionally with reference to the
of 7SD80 for application in transmission lines.
local measuring variable. In this way, a possible incorrect
Control connection (polarity reversal) of the current transformers can

The integrated control function permits control of disconnect

be detected and eliminated early enough.
4
devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through Operational indication
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the
Monitoring of operation is ensured and documented by
control or automation system (e.g. SICAM)
storage of event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics.
Programmable logic 5
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter-
locking) or switching sequence. The user can also generate
user-defined messages. This functionality can form the base
to create extremely flexible transfer schemes.
6

7
Busbar

Control/Remote Control
Commands/Feedbacks
Measurement and metered value

PDI-FO
Supervision functions Protection Data Interface
(PDI) 8
Threshold value
opt. Budget V-Trans.monitor.
I, V, Watt Rec. Power BERT fiber-optic interface
52 Mean value
I/V-Symmetry Rec.Power (4 km MMF or 20 km SMF)
Energy value Vars, p, f PDI-Cu S/N-Ratio
74TC 86 S/R-Ratio Fast Sum. I
min/max-memory AND / OR
Rec. Power

2-Wire-Copper interface
(SH-DSL to approx. 20 km) 9

87L 87N L 87NsL 67 67N 79 85 DT DT binTrans

directional emergency- and/or

Main protection function backup protection function
3_3_Bild-001-us.pdf

Inrush 50TD 51 50NTD 51N 50BF

non-directional emergency- and/or backup protection

FlexFunk 49 81U/O 27/59
10
Current Monitoring function Additional protection functions

1) Not available if function package 'Q' (synchrocheck, ANSI 25) is selected.

Fig. 3/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 3/5

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Application sheets

Protection functions Each of the overcurrent protection stages can be set as emer-
gency or backup protection independently of each other.
1 Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87N L, 87Ns L) This enables the integration of the 7SD80 in a simple busbar
protection concept by means of reverse interlocking. When
The differential protection 7SD80 consists of two separately
voltage transformers are connected, a directional time-
operating differential protection algorithms:
overcurrent protection emergency function can be activated
• Phase comparison protection (PCP) if the protection interface communication fails.
2 • Earth-fault differential protection (EFD).
Available inverse-time characteristics
The phase comparison protection, PCP, offers a safe and
robust short-circuit protection for all types of neutral treat- Characteristics acc. to IEC 60255-3 ANSI / IEEE
ment. Of course, this is also valid for application in systems Inverse  

with isolated or resonant-earthed neutral. Adaptation of Short inverse 

the phase comparison protection according to the neutral Long inverse  

3 treatment is done by setting parameters via DIGSI.

The earth-fault differential protection, EFD, operates with
Moderately inverse 

Very inverse  
two different algorithms, depending on the neutral treat-
Extremely inverse  
ment in the power system to be protected.
For application in solidly, low-resistance or high-resistance Tabelle 3/2 Available inverse-time characteristics

4 earthed systems, the EFD analyzes the measured zero-se- Inrush restraint
quence current. The fundamental wave of the zero-sequence
current is determined by filtering. The filtered zero-sequence When the second harmonic is detected while energizing a
currents of the local side and the opposite side are added transformer inside or outside of the protection zone, pickup
and provide the zero-sequence differential current. The ad- of the differential protection stages or the overcurrent
5 aptive stabilizing facilitates the parameterization and assured protection stages can be suppressed.
stability and selectivity.
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
For application in power systems with isolated or resonant-
earthed neutrals, the connection of voltages – at least of the If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not disconnected
zero-sequence voltage – and the use of a sensitive earth-cur- when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker, another
6 rent transformer is required. From the zero-sequence current trip command can be initiated using the breaker failure protec-
and the voltage, the apparent power of the zero-sequence tion which trips the circuit-breaker of an upstream feeder.
system is calculated, and compared with the opposite end. Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip command is issued
Depending on the direction of the power flow, an internal or the current keeps on flowing into the faulted circuit. It is also
external earth fault is detected. This is only indicated, and possible to make use of the circuit-breaker position contacts
7 can be shut down immediately or with a set delay. for indication as opposed to the current flowing through the
circuit-breaker.
Circuit-breaker intertripping (ANSI 85 DT)
External trip initiation
The 7SD80 devices have an integrated circuit-breaker inter-
8 tripping function for tripping the circuit-breaker at the oppo-
site end. The circuit-breaker intertripping can be activated
Through a binary input, an external protection device or mo-
nitoring equipment can be coupled into the signal processing
directly by the differential protection functions, but also of the 7SD80 to trip the local circuit-breaker.
through binary signals of any other external or internal pro-
tection function. The circuit-breaker intertripping can be
9 combined with an integrated phase and/or zero-sequence
current threshold, which permits to trip the circuit-breaker
if there is a sufficiently high current.

Overcurrent protection, non-directional / directional

(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
This function is based on the phase-selective measurement
of the three phase currents and the earth current (4 instru-
ment transformers).

10 In the 7SD80, three definite time-overcurrent protection stages

are integrated for protection against phase faults, as well as
for protection against earth faults. The current threshold and
the delay time can be set for each stage. Furthermore, inverse
time-overcurrent protection characteristics can be added.

3/6 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Application sheets

Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)

One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec-
circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An alarm tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric 1
signal is generated whenever the circuit is interrupted. machines). Applications include the isolation of generators
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating
Flexible protection functions conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating
The 7SD80 enables the user to easily add up to 20 additional conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with
protective functions. Parameter definitions are used to link the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is 2
standard protection logic with any chosen characteristic active over a wide frequency range (± 10 % rated frequency).
quantity (measured or calculated quantity). The standard Even when falling below this frequency range the function
logic consists of the usual protection elements such as the continues to work, however, with decreased accuracy. The
pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP command, a function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
block function, etc. The mode of operation for current, volta- to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
ge, power and power factor quantities can be three-phase or
phase-selective. Almost all quantities can be operated with
monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single-
phase connections are possible.
3
ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g. under and over
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
voltage). All stages operate with protection priority or speed.
Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and un-
derfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts of the
system are protected from unwanted frequency deviations.
4
Unwanted frequency changes in the network can be detected
SIP-0002.en.EPS.pdf

and the load can be removed at a specified frequency set-

ting. Frequency protection can be used over a wide frequen-
cy range (± 10 Hz rated frequency). There are four elements
(individually set as overfrequency, underfrequency or OFF)
5
and each element can be delayed separately. Blocking of the
frequency protection can be performed by activating a binary
input or by using an undervoltage element.

Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55 etc.)

6
dV/dt
SIP-0002.en.ai Additional functions can be implemented using CFC or
Fig. 3/4 Flexible protection functions flexible protection functions. Typical functions include
reverse power, voltage controlled overcurrent, phase angle

Lockout (ANSI 86)

detection, and zero-sequence voltage detection. 7
Fast current monitoring
All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset
and further monitoring functions
key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is also
stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure can The 7SD80 incorporates comprehensive monitoring func-
only occur after the lockout state is reset. tions for hardware and software. Monitoring comprises 8
the measuring circuits, the analog-digital conversion, the
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) protection data communication connection the internal
To protect cables, an overload protection function with an supply voltages, the memories and the software sequence
(watchdog).
integrated warning/alarm element for temperature and
current can be used. The temperature is calculated using
9
a thermal homogeneous body model (per IEC 60255-8), it
considers the energy entering the equipment and the energy
losses. The calculated temperature is constantly adjusted
according to the calculated losses. The function considers
loading history and fluctuations in load.

Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)

The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted
network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function 10
can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground,
positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence
voltage. Three-phase and single-phase connections are
possible.

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 3/7

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Application sheets

Local measured values Measured values of protection data communication

The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current Extensive measured values serve for the monitoring of
1 and voltage along with the power factor as well as cos ϕ, the quality and the availability of the used protection data
frequency, active and reactive power. The following func- communication connections. For the fiber-optic interface,
tions are available for measured value processing: the following measured values are available:
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE • Sending and receiving power of the optical communication
module
2 • Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, V12, V23, V31
• Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, 3V0 • Optical damping of the fiber-optic cable
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase • Telegrams sent per second, minute and hour
selective) • Sum of correct and incorrect telegrams received per
• Power factor cos ϕ (total and phase selective) second, minute and hour
• Frequency • Availability of the protection interface.
3 • Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and reverse power flow For the two-wire interface, the following measured values
are available:
• Operating hours counter
• Damping of the copper cable
• Mean operating temperature of the overload function
• Signal-to-noise ratio of the signal received
• Limit value monitoring.
4 Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic
• Telegrams sent per second, minute and hour
in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value • Sum of correct and incorrect telegrams received per
indication. With each measured value a limit value is second, minute and hour
possible. • Availability of the protection interface.

5 Zero suppression: Metered values

In a certain range of very low measured values, the value is For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy me-
set to zero to suppress interference. tered value from the measured current and voltage values. If
an external meter with a metering pulse output is available,
Measured values of the opposite end
6 Every two seconds, the currents and voltages of the other
the 7SD80 can obtain and process metering pulses through
an indication input. The metered values can be displayed and
end of the line are transmitted through the communication passed on to a control center as an accumulated value with
connection, and indicated in relation to the locally measured reset. A distinction is made between forward, reverse, active
currents and voltages. The following measured values are and reactive energy.
7 available:
• Amplitude of currents IL1, IL2, IL3
• Phase angle of currents ϕIL1, ϕIL2, ϕIL3
• Amplitude of voltages VL1, VL2, VL3

8 • Phase angle of voltages ϕVL1, ϕVL2, ϕVL3.

10

3/8 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Application examples

Radial feeder
The protection of a radial feeder with Infeed Infeed

several substations via overcurrent- 1

time protection leads to comparably
high shutdown times at the point of 52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 1.2 s 52
infeed due to the necessary time gra-
7SJ80 7SD80
ding. The stipulated fault clearance
time may therefore not be attainable.
I> ˂,
2
Here, using the line differential
Protection Data Interface
protection 7SD80 is a simple remedy.
Station A
This relay clears faults between the
substations selectively and instanta- 7SD80
˂,
neously, thus reducing the maximum
fault clearance time of the radial
feeder. Station A
Load
Station A
Load
3
In the example shown, this is repre-
52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.9 s 52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.9 s
sented generally for the line between
the infeed and substation A.
I>
7SJ80
I>
7SJ80
4
Station B Station B
Load Load

52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.6 s 52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.6 s 5
7SJ80 7SJ80
I> I>

Station C Station C
6
Load Load

52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.3 s 52 I> 1.2 IN; TI> = 0.3 s

I>
7SJ80
I>
7SJ80
7
Station D Station D
Load Load

52 I> 1.2 IN ; TI > = 0 s 52 I> 1. 2 IN ; TI > = 0 s

8
3_5_Bild-002-us.pdf

7SJ80 7SJ80
I> I>

Load Load 9
3_5_7SD80_Protection concept.tif

max. fault clearance time from power utility

Tripping time for overcurrent protection only
Tripping time when using differential protection

10
Fig. 3/5 Protection concept to reduce the shutdown times at the
point of infeed of a radial feeder

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 3/9

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Applications examples

Parallel feeder
Parallel feeders with bidirectional
1 power flow can be ideally protected Infeed

with the line differential protection

7SD80.
52 52
As a difference to the alternative
concept of the direction comparison
2 protection, 7SD80 does not require ˂,
7SD80
˂,
7SD80

voltage transformers.
Protection Data Interface Protection Data Interface
The communication connection
required in each case only leads to
instantaneous, strictly selective trip- 7SD80 7SD80
˂, ˂,
ping when the differential protection
3 is used
Station A
In addition, the shorter fault clea-
rance time prevents damage to the
52 52

3_6_Bild-003-us.pdf
generators at the opposite end.

4 I>
7SJ80
I>
7SJ80

5 Bild 3/6 Protection of parallel feeders via 7SD80

10

3/10 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Application examples

Ring feeder
The line differential protection
7SD80 is ideally suited to protect ring
Infeed Infeed
1
feeders. Faults on the connection
cables/lines of the ring are cleared
52 52 52
strictly selectively and instantane- 7SD80 7SD80
ously. For this purpose, connection
of the 7SD80 devices to a current
˂, >Z >Z ˂,
2
transformer is sufficient. For the main
Protection Data Interface Ring feeder Protection Data Interface
protection function of the 7SD80,
voltage transformers are not necessa- Station A Station B
ry. Even intermediate infeeds in the ˂, ˂,

substations of the ring are completely 7SD80 7SD80

covered by this protection concept.
Common alternative protection con-
52 52
3
cepts are mostly based on the use of
52 52 52 52
directional time-overcurrent protec- 7SD80 7SJ80 7SJ80 7SD80
tion, which on the other hand also
requires voltage transformers in
the substations. An inverse grading
˂, I> I> ˂,
4
Load Load
of these directional definite time-
overcurrent protection devices, how-
Station C Station D
ever, leads to long fault clearance ˂, ˂,
times. The use of the definite time-
overcurrent relays as direction com-
7SD80 7SD80
5
52 52
parison protection requires – like
the differential protection – a com-

3_7_Bild-004-us.pdf
munication connection between the 52 52 52 52
protection devices at the ends of the
corresponding ring segment, but this
7SD80

˂,
7SJ80

I>
7SJ80

I>
7SD80

˂,
6
does not reach the fault clearance
time of the differential protection. Load Load

The definite time-overcurrent pro-

tection integrated in 7SD80 includes 7
three stages, two thereof can also be
Ring feeder
used as directional definite time-
overcurrent protection stages. The Bild 3/7 Protection concept for ring feeders via 7SD80
operating mode of each stage is
settable. The stage can be activated 8
permanently, or only if the differential
protection function fails, e.g. if the
communication connection fails.
These definite-time stages allow to
configure an integrated backup pro- 9
tection concept with the 7SD80 relays
in the ring-main panels. Moreover, a
busbar protection system can also be
implemented in the substations by
means of a reverse interlocking.

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 3/11

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Selection and ordering data

Product description Order No. Short code

12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 7SD80 - - +

Housing 1/6 19”, binary inputs and outputs, 1 live status contact
4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (Incl. 2 changeover / Form C), prot. data interface FO for

2 mono- (24 km) and multimode (4 km), LC-duplex connector

4 x I, 7 BI, 8 BO (Incl. 2 changeover / Form C), prot. data interface FO for
1

mono- (24 km) and multimode (4 km), LC-duplex connector 2

4 x I, 5 BI, 8 BO (Incl. 2 changeover / Form C), prot. data interface, 2 wires copper, twisted 3) 3 continued
4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (Incl. 2 changeover / Form C), prot. data interface FO for next page
mono- (24 km) and multimode (4 km), LC-duplex connector 5
4 x I, 3 x V, 7 BI, 8 BO (Incl. 2 changeover / Form C), prot. data interface FO for

3 mono- (24 km) and multimode (4 km), LC-duplex connector

4 x I, 3 x V, 5 BI, 8 BO (Incl. 2 changeover/Form C), prot. data interface, 2 wires copper twisted 3)
6
7

Measuring inputs, default settings

Iph = 1 A / 5 A, IE = 1 A / 5 A 1
Iph = 1 A / 5 A, IEE (sensitive) = 0.001 to 1.6 A / 0.005 to 8 A
4 Rated auxiliary voltage
2

DC 24 V to 48 V 1
DC 60 V to 250 V; AC 115 V; AC 230 V 5

5 Unit version
Surface mounting housing, screw-type terminal B
Flush mounting housing, screw-type terminal E

Region-specific default- and language settings

6 Region DE, IEC, language German (Language selectable), standard face plate
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language English (Language selectable), standard face plate
A
B
Region US, ANSI, language US-English (Language selectable), US face plate C

Port B (at bottom of device)

No port 0
7 IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem or time sync. port, electrical RS232
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem or time sync. port, electrical RS485
1
2
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem time sync. port, optical 820 nm, ST connectors 3
Further protocols see supplement L
PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
8 PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G

9 DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector

IEC 60870-5-103, redundant, electrical RS485, RJ45 connector
9
9
L 0 H
L 0 P
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, 2 electrical ports, RJ45 connector 9 L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, 2 FO ports, LC-duplex connector 9 L 0 S
Port A (at bottom of device)
No port 1) 0
Redundant FO protection data interface to the 2 wire copper interface
Protection data interface FO for mono- (24 km) and multimode (4 km), LC-duplex connector 2)3) 7

Measuring / fault recording

10 With fault recorder 1
With fault recorder, average values, min/max values 3
3) By using 2-wire-protection interface a external isolating
1) The FO interface is equipped, transformer should be used
if MLFB position 6 = 1, 2, 5 or 6 – PCM-transformer 6 kV orderno. C53207-A406-D195-1
2) Only if MLFB position 6 = 3 or 7 – PCM-transformer 20 kV order no. 7XR9516
A detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) you will find under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

3/12 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Variants Order No. Bestell-Nr.

Short code
12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
7SD80 - - +
1
Medium voltage differential protection device F A 1)
Basic version (contained in all options)
87L/87N L Line differential protection
(phase comparison and 3IO differential protection 1)) 2
Inrush-current detection
50 TD/51 Definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
50N TD/51N Definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
49 Thermal overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
86
85 DT
Lockout
Circuit-breaker intertripping function (trip of the remote circuit-breaker) 3
External trip initiation
Parameter changeover (parameter group change)
Supervision functions
Circuit-breaker test
Control of circuit-breaker
Flexible protection function current, voltage 2),
cos ϕ 2), power 2), frequency 2)
4
27/59 Under-/Overvoltage protection 2) V<, V>
81 U/O Under-/Overfrequency protection 2) f<, f>

Basic version included F B

67
67N
Directional definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection, phase 3) ∠(V,I) I>, I>>, Ip
Directional definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection ground 3) ∠(V,I) IE>, IE>>, IEp
5
Basic version included F C
87Ns L Ground-fault differential protection for isolated/resonance-earthed networks 3) 4)

Basic version included F E

6
3)
67 Directional definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection, phase ∠(V,I) I>, I>>, Ip
67N Directional definite/inverse time-overcurrent protection, ground 3) ∠(V,I) IE>, IE>>, IEp
87Ns L Ground-fault differential protection for isolated/resonance-earthed networks 3) 4)

Additional functions
Without 0
7
Transmission of 16 binary signals via the protection data interface 1
79 With automatic reclosure function (AR) 2
79 Transmission of 16 binary signals via the protection data interface and 3
With automatic reclosure function (AR) 8

10
1) MLFB position 7 = 1 required (Iph = 1 A / 5 A, IE = 1 A / 5 A)
2) Function available if MLFB position 6 = 5, 6 or 7 (voltage transformer inputs)
3) MLFB position 6 = 5, 6 or 7 required (voltage transformer inputs)
4) MLFB position 7 = 2 required (Iph = 1 A / 5 A, IEE (sensitive) = 0.001 to 1.6 A / 0.005 to 8 A)

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 3/13

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Connection diagrams

1 Surface / flush-mounting housing

F1 IA BO1 C11
C10
F2 C9
F3 IB
BO2 C14
2 F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6

C3 BI1
4 C4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E 10
C8 E7
5 E8

= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

6 Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
A
3_8_Visio-kl-uebers-7sd80-1-100801-us.pdf

7 FO-Protection Data Interface

Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

8 Grounding on the case

250 V

Bild 3/8 Line differential protection 7SD801

10

3/14 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Connection diagrams

Surface / flush-mounting housing

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C10
C9
F3 IB
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1
C4
BO8
D12
D13
4
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E 10
C8 E7
D1 BI4
E8 5
D2 = +
(~) C1
D3 Power Supply
BI5
=
- C2
D4
D5
D6
BI6
Port B
6
B
D7 BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
A
3_9_Visio-kl-uebers-7sd80-2-100801-us.pdf

FO-Protection Data Interface

7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

Grounding on the case 8

250 V

Bild 3/9 Line differential protection 7SD802

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 3/15

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Connection diagrams

1 Surface / flush-mounting housing

F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C10
C9
F3 IB
BO2 C1 4
2 F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1
4 C4
BO8
D12
D13
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
5 E7
E8
D1
Cu-Protection Data Interface
D2 = +
(~) C1
D5 Power Supply
BI4
=
- C2
D7
6 D6 BI5 Port B
D8 B
e.g. System interface

Port A
3_10_Visio-kl-uebers-7sd80-4-100801-us.pdf

A
7 FO-Protection Data Interface
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

8 Grounding on the case

250 V

Bild 3/10 Line differential protection 7SD803

9 The fiber-optic interface at port A is only available in connection with position 12 = 7

10

3/16 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Connection diagrams

Surface / flush-mounting housing

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C10
C9
F3 IB
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA E4
E11
E12
VB BO5 E5
E6
3
E13 VC
E14

C3 BI1
C4 4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E7
E8 5
= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
6
B
e.g. System interface
3_11_Visio-kl-uebers-7sd803-1-100801-us.pdf

Port A
A
FO-Protection Data Interface
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

Grounding on the case 8

250 V

Bild 3/11 Line differential protection 7SD805

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 3/17

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Connection diagrams

1 Surface / flush-mounting housing

F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C10
C9
F3 IB
BO2 C1 4
2 F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA E4

3 E11
E12
VB BO5 E5
E6
E13 VC BO6 D9
E14 D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1
4 C4
BO8
D12
D13
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E 10
C8 E7
5 D1 BI4
E8

D2 = +
(~) C1
D3 Power Supply
BI5
=
- C2
D4

6 D5
D6
BI6
Port B
B
D7 BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
3_12 Visio-kl-uebers-7sd80-2-100801-us.pdf

A
7 FO-Protection Data Interface
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

8 Grounding on the case

250 V

Bild 3/12 Line differential protection 7SD806

10

3/18 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Connection diagrams

Surface / flush-mounting housing

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C10
C9
F3 IB
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C12
C13
2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA E4
E11
E12
VB BO5 E5
E6
3
E13 VC BO6 D9
E14 D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1
C4
BO8
D12
D13
4
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E7
E8 5
D1
Cu-Protection Data Interface
D2 = +
(~) C1
D5 Power Supply
BI4
=
- C2
D7
D6 BI5 Port B
6
D8 B
e.g. System interface
3_13_Visio-kl-uebers-7sd803-4-100801-us.pdf

Port A
A
FO-Protection Data Interface
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface

Grounding on the case 8

250 V

Bild 3/13 Line differential protection 7SD807

The fiber-optic interface at port A is only available in connection with position 12 = 7
9

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 3/19

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Connection examples

Current transformer connection

1 52 52 52
Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

F1 IA F2
IB

3_14_SIP C-0007-us.pdf
F3 F4

2 P2 S2
F5 IC F6

IN
P1 S1 F7 F8

A B C SIPROTEC

3 Fig. 3/14 Current transformer connections on three current transformers and neutral
current (earth current) (Holmgreen circuit); normal circuit suitable for all solidly
and impedance earthed systems (neutral towards line)

4 52 52 52

Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

F1 IA F2
5 P2 S2 IB

3_15_SIP C-0008-us.pdf
F3 F4

F5 IC F6
P1 S1

F7 IN F8
6 A B C SIPROTEC

Fig. 3/15 Current transformer connections on three current transformers and neu-
tral current (earth current) (Holmgreen circuit); normal circuit suitable
7 for all solidly and impedance earthed systems (neutral towards busbar)

52 52 52
8 Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

IA
F1 F2
IB
F3 F4

9 P2 S2
F5
IC
F6

IN
P1 S1 F8 F7

SIPROTEC
3_16_SIP C-0006-us.pdf

A B C

P2 S2

10 P1 S1

Fig. 3/16 Current transformer connections on three current transformers –

earth current of additional summation current transformer, preferably
for resonant-earthed and isolated systems.

3/20 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80
Connection examples

Voltage transformer connection

A
1

3_17_Visio-anschl-u1e-u2e-u3e-abgang-20070129-us.pdf
B
C
Surface-/Flush Mounting
Housing
52 52 52

A B
E9 VA

VB
2
E11

E12

a b VC
E13
E14

A B C
SIPROTEC
3
Fig. 3/17 Example for connection type “V1E, V2E, V3E”, feeder-side voltage connection

A 4
B
C
Surface-/Flush Mounting
Housing
52 52 52
A B E9 VA 5
E11 VB

3_18_SIP C-0009-us.pdf
E12
da dn

E13
E14
VC
6
SIPROTEC
A B C

Fig. 3/18 Example for connection type “V0 connection”

7

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 3/21

 Line Differential Protection 7SD80

10

3/22 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
SIPROTEC Compact
 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80

Page
1
Description 4/3

Function overview 4/4

2 Applications 4/5

Application sheets 4/6

Application examples 4/12

Selection and ordering data 4/18

3 Connection diagrams 4/21

Connection examples 4/27

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

4/2 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Description

Description
The SIPROTEC Compact 7SJ80 relays can be used for line/
feeder protection of high and medium-voltage networks with 1
grounded, low-resistance grounded, isolated or a compensa-
ted neutral point. The relays have all the required functions
to be applied as a backup relay to a transformer differential
relay.
The SIPROTEC Compact 7SJ80 features “flexible protection 2
functions”. Up to 20 additional protection functions can be
created by the user.
Therefore protection of change for frequency or reverse
power protection can be realized, for example.
The relay provides circuit-breaker control, further switching

LSP3.01-0022.eps
devices and automation functions. The integrated program- 3
mable logic (CFC) allows the user to add own functions, e.g.
for the automation of switchgear (interlocking). The user is
also allowed to generate user-defined messages.

Highlights 4
• Pluggable current and voltage terminals
• Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages)
• Secondary current transformer values (1 A / 5 A) settable
using DIGSI
Fig. 4/1 7SJ80 front view, housing
5
• 9 programmable function keys
• 6-line display
• Buffer battery exchangeable from the front
• USB front port 6
• 2 additional communication ports
• Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
• Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability
7
• Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with
IEC 61850 GOOSE
LSP3.01-0008.eps

• Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through

Ethernet with SNTP (over Port A or Port B) 8
• Number of binary inputs and inary outputs by connection
from up to two SICAM I/O-Units extendable.

Fig. 4/2 7SJ80 rear view

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/3

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI No.

Definite and inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/ground) I>, Ip, INp 50, 50N; 51, 51N
1 Directional time-overcurrent protection phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip 67
Directional time-overcurrent protection ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp 67N 1)
Directional sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 67Ns 1), 50Ns
Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V E, V 0> 59N 1)
2 High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection 87N
Inrush restraint
Trip-ciruit supervision AKU 74TC
Undercurrent monitoring I<, P> 37
Overload protection ϑ> 49
3 Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
Overfrequency/underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/U
Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF
Undervoltage controlled reactive power protection Q>/U<
4 Intermittent ground fault protection Iie>
Directional intermittent ground fault protection Iie dir> 67Ns 1)
Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection 51V
Unbalanced-load protection I 2> 46
5 Phase-sequence-voltage supervision LA, LB, LC 47
Synchrocheck Sync 25
Automatic reclosing AR 79
Fault locator FL FL 1)
6 Lockout 86
Forward power supervision, reverse power protection P<>, Q<> 32 1)
Power factor cos ϕ 55 1)
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df / dt 81R
7 Rate-of-voltage-change protection dU/dt 27R, 59R

Table 4/1 Function overview

Control functions/programmable logic Communication interfaces
8 • Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect switches
(isolators/isolating switches)
• System/service interface
– IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
• Control through keyboard, binary inputs, – IEC 60870-5-103
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system – PROFIBUS-DP
• User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking). – DNP 3.0
9 Monitoring functions
– MODBUS RTU
– DNP3 TCP
• Operational measured values V, I, f – PROFINET
• Energy metering values Wp, Wq – Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR
• Circuit-breaker wear monitoring • Ethernet interface for DIGSI 4 and extension up to two
• Minimum and maximum values SICAM I/O-Units 7XV5673
• USB front interface for DIGSI 4.
• Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
• Fuse failure monitor Hardware
• 8 oscillographic fault records. • 4 current transformers
10 • 0/3 voltage transformers
• 3/7/11 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using
software)
• 5/8 binary outputs (2 changeover/Form C contacts)
1) Not available if function package “Q” (synchrocheck, ANSI 25) • 1 live-status contact
is selected.
• Pluggable current and voltage terminals.
4/4 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2
 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Applications

The SIPROTEC Compact 7SJ80 unit is a numerical protection Operational indication

relay that can perform control and monitoring functions and
therefore provide the user with a cost-effective platform for
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents are
stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with all the 1
power system management, that ensures reliable supply of
key data required to operate modern substations.
electrical power to the customers. The ergonomic design
makes control easy from the relay front panel. A large, easy- Line protection
to-read display was a key design factor.

Control
The 7SJ80 units can be used for line protection of high and
medium-voltage networks with grounded, low-resistance
2
grounded, isolated or a compensated neutral point.
The integrated control function permits control of disconnect
devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through Transformer protection
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the
control or automation system (e.g. SICAM) The relay provides all the functions for backup protection for

Programmable logic
transformer differential protection. The inrush suppression
effectively prevents unwanted trips that can be caused by 3
inrush currents. The high-impedance restricted ground-fault
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to
protection detects short-circuits and insulation faults on the
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter-
transformer.
locking) or switching sequence. The user can also generate
user-defined messages. This functionality can form the base Backup protection 4
to create extremely flexible transfer schemes.
As a backup protection the 7SJ80 devices are universally
Operational measured value applicable.
Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values
(e.g.Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency)
Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
5
provide improved system management.
of high / medium-voltage applications. In general, no separa-
te measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequen-
cy, …) or additional control components are necessary.
6
Busbar

Local/remote control CFC logic Operational measured values

25 Synchrocheck

52
Commands/Feedbacks

74TC Trip circuit supervision AND

Limits
Mean value I, V, P, Q,
V, f, P
7
cos ˳, f Flexible protection functions
86 Lock out min/max-memory P<>, Q<> cos˳ df/dt dV/dt
27R
32 55 81R
Operation Communication module 59R
1) 1)
Metered energy: as counting pulses
RS232/485/FO/
Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-103 Fault recording Fault Locator
f<, f>
81U/O
V>
59
V<
27 8
Esc Enter
IEC 61850
7 8 9 Directional supplement
4 5 6
PROFIBUS-DP
1 2 3 DNP 3.0
Fn 0 .
MODBUS RTU FL 47 Phase sequence
DNP3 TCP 1)
PROFINET
I>, I>> I-
TOC
IN>, IN>>,
IN-TOC
9
67 67N
1)

I>, I>>, IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC

I>>> I-TOC IN>>> I2> ! SVS I<
InRush Intermitt. Additional Directional ground
50 51 50N 51N 46 49 51V
BLK ground fault 50BF 37 fault protection
2_3_Visio-LSA4783b-us.pdf

INs>,
INs>>
79 AR 67Ns-TOC VN>

50N 51N 87N 67Ns 59N

1) 1)

IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC REF

IN>>> Undervoltage
Contr.react.pow.protec. 10
AR Automatic reclosing I2> Unbalanced load protection
BF Breaker Failure Protection ! Thermal overload protection
REF High-impedance ground fault differential protection I< Undercurrent monitoring
1) Not available if function package “Q” (synchrocheck, ANSI 25) is selected.

Fig. 4/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/5

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application sheets

Protection functions Directional time-overcurrent protection (ANSI 67, 67N)

Directional phase and ground protection are separate func-
1 Overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 51V)
tions. They operate in parallel to the non-directional overcur-
This function is based on the phase selective measurement rent elements. Their pickup values and delay times can be set
of the three phase currents and the ground current (four separately. Definite-time and inverse-time characteristics are
transformers). Three definite time-overcurrent protection offered. The tripping characteristic can be rotated by ± 180
elements (DMT) are available both for the phase and the degrees.
2 ground elements. The current threshold and the delay time By making use of the voltage memory, the directionality can
can be set in a wide range. be determined reliably even for close-in (local) faults. If the
Inverse time-overcurrent protection characteristics (IDMTL) primary switching device closes onto a fault and the voltage
can also be selected and activated. The inverse-time function is too low to determine direction, the direction is determined
provides – as an option – voltage-restraint or voltage- using voltage from the memorized voltage. If no voltages are
controlled operating modes stored in the memory, tripping will be according to the set
3 Reset characteristics
characteristic.
For ground protection, users can choose whether the direc-
Time coordination with electromechanical relays are made tion is to be calculated using the zero-sequence or negative-
easy with the inclusion of the reset characteristics according sequence system quantities (selectable). If the zero-sequence
to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards. When voltage tends to be very low due to the zero-sequence impe-
4 using the reset characteristic (disk emulation), the reset pro- dance it will be better to use the negative-sequence quantities.
cess is initiated after the fault current has disappeared. This
reset process corresponds to the reverse movement of the
Ferraris disk of an electromechanical relay (disk emulation).

5 Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to IEC 60255-3 ANSI / IEEE

Inverse  

Short inverse 

6 Long inverse  

Moderately inverse 

Very inverse  

Extremely inverse  

7 Table 4/2 Available inverse-time characteristics

Inrush restraint
Fig. 4/4 Directional characteristics of the directional time-overcurrent
If second harmonic content is detected during the energi- protection
zation of a transformer, the pickup of stages I>,Ip, I>dir
8 and Ip dir is blocked. (Sensitive) directional ground-fault detection
(ANSI 59N/64, 67Ns, 67N)
Dynamic settings group switching
For isolated-neutral and compensated networks, the direction
In addition to the static parameter changeover, the pickup
of power flow in the zero sequence is calculated from the
9 thresholds and the tripping times for the directional and
non-directional time-overcurrent protection functions can
zero-sequence current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0. For
networks with an isolated neutral, the reactive current com-
be changed over dynamically. As changeover criterion, the
ponent is evaluated; for compensated networks, the active
circuit-breaker position, the prepared auto-reclosure, or a
current component or residual resistive current is evaluated.
binary input can be selected.
For special network conditions, e.g. high-resistance grounded
Directional comparison protection (cross-coupling) networks with ohmic-capacitive ground-fault current or low-
resistance grounded networks with ohmic-inductive current,
It is used for selective instantaneous tripping of sections the tripping characteristics can be rotated approximately
fed from two sources, i.e. without the disadvantage of time ± 45 degrees (see Fig.4/5).
delays of the set characteristic. The directional comparison
10 protection is suitable if the distances between the protection
Two modes of ground-fault direction detection can be imple-
mented: tripping or “signalling only mode”.
zones are not significant and pilot wires are available for
signal transmission. In addition to the directional comparison
protection, the directional coordinated time-overcurrent
protection is used for complete selective backup protection.

4/6 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application sheets

(Sensitive) directional ground-fault detection Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
(ANSI 59N, 67Ns, 67N) (contin.)
By measuring current on the high side of the transformer,
It has the following functions: the two-element phase-balance current/negative-sequence 1
• TRIP via the displacement voltage VE protection detects high-resistance phase-to-phase faults
and phase-to-ground faults on the low side of a transformer
• Two instantaneous elements or one instantaneous plus
(e.g. Dy 5). This function provides backup protection for
one user-defined characteristic
high-resistance faults through the transformer.
• Each element can be set to forward, reverse or non-
directional Directional intermittent ground fault protection (ANSI 67Ns)
2
• The function can also be operated in the insensitive mode The directional intermittent ground fault protection has to
as an additional short-circuit protection. detect intermittent ground faults in resonant grounded cable
systems selectively. Intermittent ground faults in resonant
grounded cable systems are usually characterized by the
following properties: 3
– A very short high-current ground current pulse (up to several
hundred amperes) with a duration of under 1 ms
– They are self-extinguishing and re-ignite within one half-
period up to several periods, depending on the power system
conditions and the fault characteristic. 4
– Over longer periods (many seconds to minutes), they can
develop into static faults.
Such intermittent ground faults are frequently caused by weak
insulation, e.g. due to decreased water resistance of old cables.
Ground fault functions based on fundamental component 5
measured values are primarily designed to detect static
ground faults and do not always behave correctly in case
of intermittent ground faults. The function described here
evaluates specifically the ground current pulses and puts them
into relation with the zero-sequence voltage to determine the 6
direction.

Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection

Fig. 4/5 Directional determination using cosine measurements for
compensated networks
The undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection
protects the system for mains decoupling purposes. To prevent
7
a voltage collapse in energy systems, the generating side, e.g.
(Sensitive) ground-fault detection a generator, must be equipped with voltage and frequency
(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N) protection devices. An undervoltage-controlled reactive power
For high-resistance grounded networks, a sensitive input
protection is required at the supply system connection point.
It detects critical power system situations and ensures that
8
transformer is connected to a phase-balance neutral current
the power generation facility is disconnected from the mains.
transformer (also called core-balance CT). The function can
Furthermore, it ensures that reconnection only takes place
also be operated in the normal mode as an additional short-
under stable power system conditions. The associated criteria
circuit protection for neutral or residual ground protection.

Intermittent ground fault protection

can be parameterized.
9
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
Intermittent (re-igniting) faults are caused by poor cable
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not disconnected
insulation or water ingress into cable joints. After some time,
when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker, another
the faults extinguish automatically or they develop into
trip command can be initiated using the breaker failure pro-
permanent short circuits. During the intermitting, neutral
tection which trips the circuit-breaker of an upstream feeder.
point resistances in impedance grounded systems can suffer
Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip command is issued
thermal overload.
and the current keeps on flowing into the faulted circuit. It is
The normal ground fault protection is not capable of reliably also possible to make use of the circuit-breaker position con-
detecting and clearing the sometimes very short current
pulses. The required selectivity for intermittent ground
tacts for indication as opposed to the current flowing through 10
the circuit-breaker.
faults is achieved by summing up the times of the individual
pulses and tripping after a (programmable) summation time
has been reached. The pickup threshold Iie> evaluates RMS
values referred to 1 system period.

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/7

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application sheets

High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection (ANSI 87N) • Initiation of the ARC is dependant on the trip command
selected (e.g. I2>, I>>, Ip, Idir>)
The high-impedance measurement principle is a simple
1 and sensitive method to detect ground faults, especially on • The ARC function can be blocked by activating a binary input
transformers. It can also be used on motors, generators and • The ARC can be initiated from external or by the PLC logic (CFC)
reactors when they are operated on a grounded network. • The directional and non-directional elements can either
When applying the high-impedance measurement principle, be blocked or operated non-delayed depending on the
all current transformers in the protected area are connected auto-reclosure cycle
2 in parallel and operated through one common resistor of • If the ARC is not ready it is possible to perform a dynamic
relatively high R. The voltage is measured across this resistor setting change of the directional and non-directional
(see Fig. 4/6). overcurrent elements.
The voltage is measured by detecting the current through
the (external) resistor R at the sensitive current measurement Flexible protection functions
input IEE. The varistor V serves to limit the voltage in the The 7SJ80 enables the user to easily add up to 20 additional
3 event of an internal fault. protection functions. Parameter definitions are used to link
It limits the high instantaneous voltage spikes that can standard protection logic with any chosen characteristic
occur at current transformer saturation. At the same time, quantity (measured or calculated quantity). The standard
this results to smooth the voltage without any noteworthy logic consists of the usual protection elements such as the
reduction of the average value. pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP command,
4 If no faults have occurred and in the event of external or a block function, etc. The mode of operation for current,
through faults, the system is at equilibrium, and the voltage voltage, power and power factor quantities can be three-
through the resistor is approximately zero. In the event of phase or single-phase. Almost all quantities can be operated
internal faults, an imbalance occurs which leads to a voltage with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g. under and
overvoltage). All stages operate with protection priority.
5 and a current flowing through the resistor R.
The same type of current transformers must be used and
Measured-value Parameter Standard protection logic

4_7_Visio-flexProFunc-us.pdf
must at least offer a separate core for the high-impedance Current
processing
I measured
(simplified diagram)

 Pickup
restricted ground-fault protection. They must have the same V measured Time
3I0, I1, I2 TRIP
transformation ratio and approximately an identical knee- 3V0, V1, V2 t command

6 point voltage. They should also have only minimal measuring

errors.
Voltage
 34
FRV˳
f
Threshold

Function 1
Function 2
df/dt
Function 20
dV/dt

Fig. 4/7 Flexible protection functions

7
Protection functions/stages available are based on the
available measured analog quantities:
Function ANSI

8 I>, IE> 50, 50N

V<, V>, VE> 27, 59, 59N
3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2 / I1>, 3V0>, V1> <, V2 > < 50N, 46, 59N, 47
P> <, Q> < 32
LSA4115-de.ai

9 cos ϕ
f><
55
81O, 81U
df / dt > < 81R
dV/dt 27R/59R
Fig. 4/6 High-impedance restricted ground-fault protection
Table 4/3 Available flexible protection functions

Automatic reclosing (ANSI 79) For example, the following can be implemented:
• Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R)
Multiple re-close cycles can be set by the user and lockout
will occur if a fault is present after the last re-close cycle. • Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R)
10 The following functions are available:
• Rate-of-voltage-change protection (ANSI 27R/59R).

• 3-pole ARC for all types of faults

• Separate settings for phase and ground faults
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure (RAR) and up to
nine delayed auto-reclosures (DAR)

4/8 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application sheets

Synchrocheck, synchronizing function (ANSI 25) Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)

When closing a circuit-breaker, the units can check whether The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec-
two separate networks are synchronized. Voltage-, frequen- tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric 1
cy- and phase-angle-differences are checked to determine machines). Applications include the isolation of generators
whether synchronous conditions exist. or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating
conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with
One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is 2
circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An alarm active over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz).
signal is generated whenever the circuit is interrupted. Even when falling below this frequency range the function
continues to work, however, with decrease accuracy. The
Lockout (ANSI 86) function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset
key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is also
monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single-
phase connections are possible.
3
stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure can
only occur after the lockout state is reset. Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and
To protect cables and transformers, an overload protection
underfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts
of the system are protected from unwanted frequency
4
function with an integrated warning/alarm element for
deviations. Unwanted frequency changes in the network
temperature and current can be used. The temperature is
can be detected and the load can be removed at a specified
calculated using a thermal homogeneous body model (per
frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used over
IEC 60255-8), it considers the energy entering the equip-
ment and the energy losses. The calculated temperature is
a wide frequency range (40 to 60 (for 50 Hz), 50 to 70 (for
60 Hz)). There are four elements (individually set as over-
5
constantly adjusted according to the calculated losses. The
frequency, underfrequency or OFF) and each element can
function considers loading history and fluctuations in load.
be delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency protection
Settable dropout delay times can be performed by activating a binary input or by using an

If the relays are used in conjunction with electromechanical

undervoltage element. 6
relays, in networks with intermittent faults, the long dropout Fault locator (ANSI 21FL)
times of the electromechanical relay (several hundred mil-
The integrated fault locator calculates the fault impedance
liseconds) can lead to problems in terms of time coordination/
and the distance to fault. The results are displayed in Ω,
grading. Proper time coordination/grading is only possible if
the dropout or reset time is approximately the same. This is
kilometers (miles) and in percent of the line length. 7
why the parameter for dropout or reset times can be defined Customized functions (ANSI 51V, 55 etc.)
for certain functions, such as overcurrent protection, ground
short-circuit and phase-balance current protection. Additional functions, which are not time critical, can be im-
plemented using the CFC measured values. Typical functions
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) include reverse power, voltage controlled overcurrent, phase 8
angle detection, and zero-sequence voltage detection.
A sudden drop in current, which can occur due to a reduced
load, is detected with this function. This may be due to shaft
that breaks, no-load operation of pumps or fan failure.

Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)

9
The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted
network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function
can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground,
positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence volta-
ge. Three-phase and single-phase connections are possible.

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/9

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application sheets

Further functions Circuit-breaker wear monitoring/

circuit-breaker remaining service life
1 Measured values
Methods for determining circuit-breaker contact wear or
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB
and voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active maintenance intervals to be aligned to their actual degree of
and reactive power. The following functions are available for wear. The benefit lies in reduced maintenance costs.
measured value processing: There is no exact mathematical method to calculate the wear
2 • Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE or the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker that takes
• Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, V12, V23, V31 arc-chamber’s physical conditions into account when the CB
opens.
• Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, 3V0
This is why various methods of determining CB wear have
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase
evolved which reflect the different operator philosophies.
selective)
To do justice to these, the relay offers several methods:
3 • Power factor cos ϕ (total and phase selective)
• ΣI
• Frequency
• ΣIx, with x = 1..3
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and reverse power flow
• Σi2t.
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and
The devices also offer a new method for determining the
4 voltage values
• Operating hours counter
remaining service life:
• Two-point method
• Mean operating temperature of the overload function
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic switching cycle
• Limit value monitoring
diagram (see Fig. 4/8) and the breaking current at the time
Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic
5 in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value
of contact opening serve as the basis for this method. After
CB opening, the two-point method calculates the remaining
indication.
number of possible switching cycles. Two points P1 and P2
• Zero suppression only have to be set on the device. These are specified in the
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value CB’s technical data.
6 is set to zero to suppress interference.
All of these methods are phase-selective and a limit value
Metered values can be set in order to obtain an alarm if the actual value falls
below or exceeds the limit value during determination of the
For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy me- remaining service life.
tered value from the measured current and voltage values. If
7 an external meter with a metering pulse output is available,
the 7SJ80 can obtain and process metering pulses through
an indication input. The metered values can be displayed and
Number of operating cycles

passed on to a control center as an accumulated value with

reset. A distinction is made between forward, reverse, active
8 and reactive energy.

Binary I/O extension with SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673

To extend binary inputs and binary outputs for 7SJ80 up to
two SICAM I/O-Units 7XV5673 can be added. Each SICAM
9 I/O-Unit 7XV7653 is equipped with 6 binary inputs and 6
binary outputs and an Ethernet switch for cascading. The
connection to the protection device can be either through P1: Permissible number
the DIGSI Ethernet service interface Port A or through of operating cycles
IEC 61850 GOOSE on Port B (System interface with at rated normal
LSA4083en.eps

current
EN100 module).
P2: Permissible number
of operating cycles
at rated short-
circuit current Breaking current

10
Fig. 4/8 Permissible number of operating cycles as a function of
breaking current

4/10 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application sheets

Commissioning
Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu- 1
ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu-
ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers,
disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
represented as wide-ranging operational measured values. 2
To prevent transmission of information to the control center
during maintenance, the communications can be disabled
to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
commissioning, all indications with test tag for test purposes
can be connected to a control and protection system.

Test operation 3
During commissioning, all indications with test tag can be
passed to a control system for test purposes.

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/11

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application examples

Radial systems
1) Auto-reclosure Infeed
General hints:
1 The relay at the far end (D) from the
(ANSI 79) only with
overhead lines Transformer protection
infeed has the shortest tripping time. 2) Unbalanced load
Relays further upstream have to be protection (ANSI 46)
time-graded against downstream as backup protection
against asymmetrical A 52
relays in steps of about 0.3 s.
2 faults
Busbar

Further power supply B 52

I>t IN>t I2>t AR

51 51N 46 79
2) 1)

3 Busbar

C 52
*
I>t IN>t I2>t

4 51 51N 46

Load

5 Busbar

D 52
*

4_9_LSA4839-en.pdf
I>t IN>t I2>t
51 51N 46

6
Load Load
Fig. 4/9 Protection concept with time-overcurrent protection

7
Earth-fault detection in isolated or
compensated systems
1) The sensitive current Infeed
8 In isolated or compensated systems,
an occurred earth fault can be easily
measurement of the
earth current should
be made by a zero-
found by means of sensitive directio- sequence current
nal earth-fault detection. transformer
Busbar
9
52

I>> I>t
4_10_LSA4840a-en.pdf

50 51

7XR96 IN>t dir.

1) 67Ns
60/1
10 Load

Fig. 4/10 Protection concept for directional earth-fault detection

4/12 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application examples

Ring-main cable
With the directional comparison
protection, 100% of the line can be Infeed Infeed
1
protected via instantaneous tripping 52
in case of infeed from two sources
(ring-main cable). 52 52

For lines with infeed from two sour-

ces, no selectivity can be achieved
I>t

51
IN>t

51N
ȣ>t

49
I2>t

46 Direct.Compar.Pickup
2
with a simple definite-time over-
current protection. Therefore, the Overhead line Overhead line Protection as in
directional definite-time overcurrent or cable 1 or cable 2 the case of line
or cable 1
protection must be used. A non- I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t

directional definite-time overcurrent 67 67N 51 51N

protection is enough only in the

corresponding busbar feeders. The
3
52 52
grading is done from the other end
respectively. 52
Advantage: 100% protection of the
line via instantaneous 52 52
4
tripping, and easy
setting. 67 67N 51 51N
Direct.Compar.Pickup
Disadvantage: Tripping times increase I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t

towards the infeed. Overhead line Overhead line Protection as in

or cable 3 or cable 4 the case of line
or cable 3
5
I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t

67 67N 51 51N

52 52
6
52

4_11_LSA4841a-en.pdf
52 52
I>t IN>t ȣ>t I2>t

51 51N 49 46 7
Load Load

Fig. 4/11 Protection concept of ring power systems

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/13

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application examples

Busbar protection by overcurrent

relays with reverse interlocking
1 Applicable to distribution busbars Infeed

without substantial (< 0.25 x IN) Reverse interlocking

backfeed from the outgoing feeders.
I>>t0

2 50/50N 51/51N

52
t0 = 50 ms

Busbar

52 52 52
3

4_12_LSA4842a-en.pdf
I>> I>t I>> I>t I>> I>t
50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N

4
Fig. 4/12 Busbar protection via overcurrent relays with reverse interlocking

5
Line feeder with load shedding
In unstable power systems (e.g. soli-
tary systems, emergency power sup-
6 ply in hospitals), it may be necessary
to isolate selected consumers from Busbar
the power system in order to protect
the overall system. The overcurrent-
f<
time protection functions are effective 52
V<

7 only in the case of a short-circuit.

Overloading of the generator can be
27 81U

measured as a frequency or voltage I>, I>>,

I>>> IN>> I>, Ip
IN>,
INTOC
4_13_LSA2216b-en.pdf

drop. 50 50N 51 51N

8 79M
>
49
I2>
46
Final trip
86

Fig. 4/13 Line feeder with load shedding

10

4/14 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application examples

Automatic reclosing
The Automatic reclosing function (AR)
has starting and blocking options. In the
52
Stage can
be blocked
Stage get slower executes the
than the fuse or reclosing for
1
opposite example, the application of the
lower protection the hole feeder
blocking of the high-current stages is devices graduated
represented according to the reclosing
cycles. The overcurrent protection is ON

graded (stages I, Ip) according to the

52 52
TRIP 2
grading plan. If an Automatic reclosing I>t, I>>t, Ip

4_14_LSA2219d-en.pdf
I>, I>>, I>>>
function is installed in the incoming supply 50 51
of a feeder, first of all the complete feeder IN>t, IN>>t,
is tripped instantaneously in case of fault. IN>> INTOC AR
50N 51N 79
Arc faults will be extinguished indepen-
dently of the fault location. Other protec-
tion relays or fuses do not trip (fuse saving
3
scheme). After successful Automatic
reclosing, all consumers are supplied with
energy again. If there is a permanent fault, 52 Fuse opens by
unsuccessful reclosing
further reclosing cycles will be performed.
Depending on the setting of the AR, the I>t, Ip
4
instantaneous tripping stage in the infeed 67
Circuit-breaker opens
by unsuccessful reclosing
is blocked in the first, second or third cycle,
i.e., now the grading is effective according
to the grading plan. Depending on the
fault location, overcurrent relays with Fig. 4/14 Auto-reclosure 5
faster grading, fuses, or the relay in the
infeed will trip. Only the part of the feeder
with the permanent fault will be shut
down definitively. Infeed
A
Infeed
B
6
Reverse power protection with parallel
infeeds
If a busbar is supplied by two parallel
infeeds and there is a fault in one of the 7
4_15_LSA4116a-en.pdf
infeeds, the affected busbar shall be 52 52
selectively shut down, so that supply to 67 67N 32R 67 67N 32R
the busbar is still possible through the
remaining infeed. To do this, directional
devices are required, which detect a
short circuit from the busbar towards the
52
8
52 52
infeed. In this context, the directional
time-overcurrent protection is normally
adjusted over the load current. Low-
current faults cannot be shut down by this
protection. The reverse power protection
Feeder Feeder 9
can be adjusted far below rated power, Fig. 4/15 Reverse power protection with parallel infeeds
and is thus also able to detect reverse
power in case of low-current faults far
below the load current. The reverse power
protection is implemented through the
“flexible protection functions”.

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/15

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application examples

Synchrocheck
Where two system sections are inter-
1 connected, the synchrocheck determi-
Busbar

nes whether the connection is permis- V2

sible without danger to the stability Closing Signal
of the power system. In the example, 52
1
load is supplied from a generator
2 to a busbar through a transformer.
The vector group of the transformer
Local/remote
can be considered by means of a

4_16_LSA4114-us.pdf
Transformer control
programmable angle adjustment, so VT1
2
1)

that no external adjustment elements 25 SYN

2)
are necessary. Synchrocheck can be 81 AR
G
3 used for auto-reclosure, as well as for
control functions (local or remote).
Infeed

1)
Synchrocheck
2)
Automatic reclosing

4 Fig. 4/16 Measurement of busbar and feeder voltage for synchronization

Protection of a transformer
Busbar

5 The high-current stage enables a cur-

rent grading, the overcurrent stages 59-1 PU ,t
High-voltage

59
work as backup protection to subordi-
nate protection devices, and the over-
load function protects the transformer I>, I>> I>t, I>>t, Ip >t I2>t, I2>>t

6 from thermal overload. Low-current,

single-phase faults on the low-
52
TRIP
50 51

IN>t, IN>>t,
49 46

IN>, IN>> INTOC

voltage side, which are reproduced 50N 51N Inrush blocking
in the opposite system on the high-
voltage side, can be detected with
7 the unbalanced load protection. The
available inrush blocking prevents 52

pickup caused by the inrush currents

of the transformer.
87

8 e.g.
7UT61
52
*

IN>, IN>> IN>t, IN>>t, INTOC

9 50N 51N

52

Busbar
Medium-voltage
TRIP
52 52 52 52
4_17_LSA2203b-us.pdf

I2>>t, I2>t I>, I>> I>t, I>>t, Ip

46 50 51

typical Feeder

10
Unbalanced fault

Fig. 4/17 Typical protection concept for a transformer

4/16 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Application examples

Undervoltage-controlled reactive
power protection (QV Protection)
When connecting generating units 1
to the medium-voltage power
system of the operator, a protective Power transformer
disconnection device is required
which takes into account frequency Busbar
and voltage and also evaluates the
Circuit breaker at the power-system connection point
2
reactive power direction. When the *
Further
generating unit draws reactive power feeders
I>, I>> I-TOC IN>, IN>> IN-TOC
from the operator's power system, 50 51 50N 51N

Undervoltage-controlled reactive 52 V>, V>> V< f>, f> Q>/ V<

power protection (Q> & V<) links 59 27 81 1) 1)
Undervoltage
Tripping controlled reactive
the reactive power with all three
phase-to-phase voltages falling below Medium-voltage busbar
power protection
3
a limiting value using a logical AND
operation.
This ensures that generating units dis-
connect from the power system which
additionally burden the power system
Generator step-up transformers
4
during a short circuit or prevent that
Bus coupler circuit-breaker
the power system is restored when

4_18_Visio-QU-Schutz-en.pdf
Decoupling protection
52 52 52
connecting after a short circuit. The with V>>, V<, V<<, f>, f< functionen
monitoring of the voltage support
also fulfills this function.
5
Using the criteria mentioned above G G G
the QU protection disconnects the ge- 3~ 3~ 3~ Generators

nerating unit from the power system

after a programmable time.
Fig. 4/18 Application directional intermittent ground fault protection
6
The QU protection furthermore allows
releasing the re-connection after the
fault has been located and cleared
in the power system and the system
voltage and frequency are stable 7
again.

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/17

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Selection and ordering data

Product description Order No. Short code

12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80 V4.70 7SJ80 - - +

Measuring inputs, binary inputs and outputs

Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 Live status contact 1
2 Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 Live status contact
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x U, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 Live status contact
2
3
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x U, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 Live status contact 4 see
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 11 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 Live status contact 7 next
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x U, 11 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover/Form C), 1 Live status contact 8 page

3 Measuring inputs, default settings

Iph = 1A / 5A, Ie =1A / 5A 1
Iph = 1A / 5A, Iee (sensitive) = 0,001 to 1,6A / 0,005 to 8A 2

Auxiliary voltage
DC 24 V / 48 V
4 DC 60 V / 110 V / 125 V / 220 V / 250 V, AC 115 V, AC 230 V
1
5

Construction
Surface-mounting case, screw-type terminal B
Flush-mounting case, screw-type terminal E
5 Region specific default and language settings
Region DE, IEC, language German (language changeable), standard front A
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Englisch (language changeable), standard front B
Region US, ANSI, language US-English (language changeable), US front C
6 Region FR, IEC/ANSI, language French (language changeable), standard front
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Spanish (language changeable), standard front
D
E
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Italian (language changeable), standard front F
Region RUS, IEC/ANSI, language Russian (language changeable), standard front G
Region CHN, IEC/ANSI, language Chinese (language not changeable), Chinese front K
7 Port B (at bottom of device, rear)
No port 0
IEC60870-5-103 or DIGSI4/Modem, electrical RS232 1
IEC60870-5-103 or DIGSI4/Modem, electrical RS485 2

8 IEC60870-5-103 or DIGSI4/Modem, optical 820nm, ST connector

PROFIBUS DP Slave, electrical RS485
3
9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS DP Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
9 DNP 3.0, optical 820nm, ST connector
IEC 60870-5-103, redundant, electrical RS485, RJ45 connector
9 L 0 H
9 L 0 P
IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 0 S
DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 2 R
DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 2 S
PROFINET + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 3 R
PROFINET + IEC 61850, 100Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 3 S

Port A (at bottom of device, in front)

10 No port
With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, I/O-Unit connection, not IEC61850), RJ45 connector
0
6

Measuring/Fault Recording
With fault recording 1
With fault recording, average values, min/max values 3
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec
4/18 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2
 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Product description Order No. Short code

Bestell-Nr.
12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80 V4.70 7SJ80 - - +
1
Basic version F A 3)

50/51 Time-overcurrent protection, phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip

50N/51N
50N(s)/51N(s)1)
Time overcurrent protection, ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
Sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
2
Intermittent ground fault protection
87N2) High impedance REF
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
46 Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection
37
86
Undercurrent monitoring
Lockout 3
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit breaker
Flexible protection functions (current parameters)
Inrush restraint

Basic functionality + Directional sensitive ground fault, voltage and frequency protection F B 4)
4
51V Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
67N Directional time-overcurrent protection, ground, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
67Ns1) Directional sensitive ground fault protection, IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
64/59N
27/59
Displacement voltage
Under/Overvoltage 5
81U/O Under/Overfrequency, f<, f>
47 Phase rotation
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters)): Protective function for voltage,
27R/32/55/59R/81R power, power factor, rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change

Basic functionality + Directional phase & ground overcurrent,

directional sensitive ground fault, voltage and frequency protection
F C 4)
6
51V Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
67 Directional time-overcurrent protection, phase, I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
67N Directional time-overcurrent protection, ground, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
67Ns1)
64/59N
27/59
Sensitive ground-fault protection, IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
Displacement voltage
Under/Overvoltage
7
81U/O Under/Overfrequency, f<, f>
47 Phase rotation
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters)): Protective function for voltage,
27R/32/55/59R/81R power, power factor, rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change

Basic functionality + Directional phase & ground overcurrent, directional sensitive ground F F 4)
8
fault, voltage and frequency protection + Undervoltage controlled reactive power protection
+ Directional intermittent ground fault protection
51V Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phase, I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
67N
67Ns1)
Directional overcurrent protection, ground, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
Directional sensitive ground fault protection, IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
9
67Ns2) Directional intermittent ground fault protection
64/59N Displacement voltage
27/59 Under/Overvoltage
81U/O Under/Overfrequency, f<, f>
Undervoltage controlled reactive power protection, Q>/V<
47 Phase rotation
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters)): Protective function for voltage, see
27R/32/55/59R/81R power, power factor, rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change next
page

10
1) Depending on the ground current input the function will be either sensitive (IEE) or non-sensitive (IE)
2) Function only available with sensitive ground current input (Position 7=2)
3) Only if position 6 = 1, 2 or 7
4) Only if position 6 = 3, 4 or 8

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/19

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Product description Order No. Bestell-Nr.

Short code
12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80 V4.70 7SJ80 - - +

Basic functionality + Directional phase overcurrent, voltage and frequency protection + F Q 5)

synchrocheck

2 51V
67
Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
Directional time-overcurrent protection, phase, I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
27/59 Under/Overvoltage (phase-to-phase)
81U/O Under/Overfrequency, f< ,f>
47 Phase rotation
25 Synchrocheck
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters)): Protective function for voltage,
27R/59R/81R rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change

3
Automatic Reclosing (AR), Fault Locator (FL)
Without 0
79 With automatic reclosure function 1

4 21FL
79/FL
With FL
With automatic reclosure function and FL
2
3

10

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

5) Only with position 6 = 3 or 4 and position 16 = 0 or 1

4/20 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
F2 C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C14
F4
F5 IC
C13
C12 2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3

C3 BI1
C4 4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E 10
C8 E8
E7 5
= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
6
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
4_19_LSA4784us.pdf

Grounding on the case 8

250 V

Fig. 4/19 Multifunction protection 7SJ801

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/21

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
2 F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1
4 C4
BO8
D12
D13
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
5 D1 BI4
E8
E7

D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2

6 D5
D6
BI6
Port B
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
4_20_LSA4785us.pdf

8 Grounding on the case

250 V

Fig. 4/20 Multifunction protection 7SJ802

10

4/22 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA, VAB, Vph-n E4
E11
E12
VB, VBC BO5 E5
E6
3
E13 VC, VN, Vsyn, VX
E14

C3 BI1
C4 4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E8
E7 5
= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
6
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
4_21_LSA4786us.pdf

Grounding on the case 8

250 V

Fig. 4/21 Multifunction protection 7SJ803

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/23

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
2 F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA, VAB, Vph-n E4

3 E11
E12
VB, VBC BO5 E5
E6
E13 VC, VN, Vsyn, VX BO6 D9
E14 D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1
4 C4
BO8
D12
D13
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
5 D1 BI4
E8
E7
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2

6 D5
D6
BI6
Port B
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
4_22_LSA4787us.pdf

8 Grounding on the case

250 V

Fig. 4/22 Multifunction protection 7SJ804

10

4/24 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3

C3 BI1
C4 4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10

D1 BI4
E8
E7 5
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2
D5
D6
BI6
Port B
6
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
D9 BI8 Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

D10 BI9 Ethernet interface

Interference Suppression

D11
Capacitors at the Relay
4_23_Visio-kl-uebers-7sx807-us.pdf

D12 BI10
D13 USB-DIGSI-Interface
BI11
D14

Grounding on the case 8

250 V

Fig. 4/23 Multifunction protection 7SJ807

9

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/25

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
2 F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 Q2 VA, VAB, Vph-n E4

3 E11
E12
VB, VBC BO5 E5
E6
E13 VC, VN, Vsyn, VX
E14

C3 BI1
4 C4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
5 D1 BI4
E8
E7
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2

6 D5
D6
BI6
Port B
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
D9 BI8 Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

D10 BI9 Ethernet interface

Interference Suppression

D11
Capacitors at the Relay
4_24_Visio-kl-uebers-7sx808-us.pdf

D12 BI10
D13 USB-DIGSI-Interface
BI11
D14

8 Grounding on the case

250 V

Fig. 4/24 Multifunction protection 7SJ808

9

10

4/26 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Connection examples

Connection of current
and voltage transformers
A

Standard connection
B
C
1
For grounded networks, the ground 52 52 52
Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing
current is obtained from the phase
currents by the residual current F1 IA F2
2

4_25_LSA4789-en.pdf
circuit. F3 IB F4

F5 IC F6
P2 S2

IN
P1 S1 F7 F8

A B C SIPROTEC

Fig. 4/25 Residual current circuit without directional element

3

A
B
C
4
A

a
5
Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

E9 VA-N

E11 VB-N E12

52 52 52
E13 VC-N E14 6
IA
F1 F2

4_26_LSA4791-en.pdf
IB
F3 F4
IC
F5 F6
L

K
l

k F7
IN
F8
7
A B C SIPROTEC

Fig. 4/26 Residual current circuit with directional element

8
A
B
For power systems with small earth
currents, e.g. isolated or compen- Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing
C
9
52 52 52
sated systems, the earth current is IA
F1 F2
measured by a zero-sequence current IB
F3 F4
transformer.
IC
F5 F6
L l

K k
4_27_LSA4790a-en.pdf

INs
A B C F8 F7

L l
SIPROTEC 10
K k

Fig. 4/27 Sensitive ground current detection without directional element

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/27

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Connection examples

Connection for compensated

networks A

1 The figure shows the connection of

A
B
C
two phase-to-ground voltages and
the VE voltage of the broken delta B

da
winding and a phase-balance neutral
current transformer for the ground
2
dn
a
current. This connection maintains
maximum precision for directional b

4_28_LSA4792a-en.pdf
ground-fault detection and must be
Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing
used in compensated networks.
E9 VA-B

E11 VC-B E12

3 52 52 52 E13 VN E14

IA
F1 F2
IB
F3 F4
IC
F5 F6
L l

4 K k

A B C
F8 INs F7

L l
SIPROTEC

5 K k

Fig. 4/28 Sensitive directional ground-fault detection with directional

element for phases

6
A
Sensitive directional ground-fault B
detection. A
C

7 B

da

dn Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

52 52 52 VN
E13 E14

8 F1

F3
IA

IB
F2

F4
IC
F5 F6
L l

K k

9
4_29_LSA4793a-en.pdf

A B C
F8 INs F7

L l SIPROTEC

K k

Fig. 4/29 Sensitive directional ground-fault detection

10

4/28 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Connection examples

Connection for the synchrocheck

function A

If no directional earth-fault protection

B
C
1
A B
is used, connection can be done with a b Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing
just two phase current transformers. 52 52 52
For the directional phase short-circuit VA-B
E9

2
A a
protection, the phase-to-phase
E12
voltages acquired with two primary B
A
b
a

transformers are sufficient. B b E11

VC-B

VSyn
E14
E13

IA
3
F1 F2

4_30_LSA4858-en.pdf
IB
F3 F4

F5 IC F8
L l

K k F7 IN F8 4
A B C SIPROTEC

Fig. 4/30 Measuring of the busbar voltage and the outgoing feeder
voltage for synchronization 5

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 4/29

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ80
Connection examples

Overview of connection types

Type of network Function Current connection Voltage connection

1 (Low-resistance) grounded
networks
Time-overcurrent protection
phase/ground non-directional
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-
current transformers required,
–

phase-balance neutral current

transformers possible
(Low-resistance) grounded Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current –

2 networks
Isolated or compensated Overcurrent protection phases
transformers required
Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- –
networks non-directional current transformers possible
(Low-resistance) grounded Directional time-overcurrent Residual circuit, with 3 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
networks protection, phase current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Isolated or compensated Directional time- overcurrent Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
networks protection, phase current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
3 (Low-resistance) grounded
networks
Directional time-overcurrent
protection, ground-faults
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-
current transformers required,
Phase-to-ground connection
required
phase-balance neutral current
transformers possible
Isolated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Residual circuit, if ground current 3 times phase-to-ground

4 > 0.05 IN on secondary side,

otherwise phase-balance neutral
connection or phase-to-ground
connection with broken delta
current transformers required winding
Compensated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current 3 times phase-to-ground
cos ϕ measurement transformers required connection or phase-to-ground
connection with broken delta
5 winding

Table 4/4 Overview of connection types

10

4/30 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

SIPROTEC Compact
Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications
 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications

Page
1
Description 5/3

Function overview 5/4

2 Applications 5/6

Application sheets 5/7

Application examples 5/11

Selection and ordering data 5/15

3 Connection diagrams 5/17

Connection examples 5/21

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

5/2 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Description

Description
The SIPROTEC Compact 7SJ81 provides 4 low-power current
transformer inputs and optionally 3 low-power voltage trans- 1
former inputs. With the same low-power current transformer
(LPCT) a wide range of primary rated line currents can be
covered. Objects with rated currents in the range of 40 A
to 5000 A can be protected when using low-power current
transformers. The following low-power current transformer 2
ratios are suitable for the following primary current opera-
ting ranges:
• 100 A/225 mV for a primary operating current range

LSP3.01-0024.eps
of 40 A … 600 A
• 50 A/22.5 mV for a primary operating current range
of 200 A … 3000 A 3
• 400 A/225 mV for a primary operating current range
of 200 A … 2500 A
• 100 A/22.5mV for a primary operating current range
of 400A … 5000 A
Resistive dividers are provided as low-power voltage transfor-
4
mers (LPVT).
The SIPROTEC Compact 7SJ81 is a multi-functional motor
protection relay. It is designed for protection of asynchronous
motors of all sizes. The relays have all the required functions
Bild 5/1  7SJ81 front view
5
to be applied as a backup relay to a transformer differential
relay.
The relay provides numerous functions to respond flexibly to
the system requirements and to deploy the invested capital
economically. Examples for this are: exchangeable interfaces, 6
flexible protection functions and the integrated automation
level (CFC). Freely assignable LEDs and a six-line display
ensure a unique and clear display of the process states.
In combination with up to 9 function keys, the operating
personnel can react quickly and safely in any situation. This 7
guarantees a high operational reliability.

Highlights
LSP3.01-0025.eps

• Inputs for Low power CTs and VTs according IEC 61869-6
(formerly IEC 60044-7 and IEC 60044-8)
8
• Removable terminal blocks
• Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages)
• 9 programmable function keys
• 6-line display
9
• Buffer battery exchangeable from the front
• USB front port
• 2 additional communication ports Bild 5/2  7SJ81 rear view
• Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
• Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability
• Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with 10
IEC 61850 GOOSE
• Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through
Ethernet with SNTP.

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 5/3

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI No.

Instantaneous and definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral) I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>; Ip, IEp 50, 50N; 51, 51N
1 Directional time-overcurrent protection Idir>, I>>, Ip dir 67
Directional time-overcurrent protection for ground-faults IE dir>, IE dir>>, IEp dir 67N
Directional/non-directional sensitive ground-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 67Ns , 50Ns
Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V E, V 0> 59N
2 Inrush restraint
Trip-circuit supervision AKU 74TC
Undercurrent monitoring I< 37
Thermal overload protection ϑ> 49
Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
3 Overfrequency/underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/U
Breaker failure protection 50BF
Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection) I 2> 46
Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring V2>, phase sequence 47
4 Automatic reclosing 79
Fault locator FL
Lockout 86
Forward-power, reverse-power protection P<>, Q<> 32
5 Power factor cos ϕ 55
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df / dt 81R

Table 5/1 Function overview

6 Control functions/programmable logic Communication interfaces

• Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect switches • System/service interface
(isolators/isolating switches) – IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
• Control through keyboard, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or – IEC 60870-5-103
7 SCADA system
• User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking).
– PROFIBUS-DP
– DNP 3.0
– MODBUS RTU
Monitoring functions
– Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR
• Operational measured values I, V, f
8 • Energy metering values Wp, Wg
• Ethernet interface for DIGSI 4
• USB front interface for DIGSI 4.
• Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
• Minimum and maximum values Hardware
• Trip-circuit supervision (74TC) • 4 current inputs
9 • Fuse failure monitor • 0/3 voltage inputs
• 8 oscillographic fault records. • 3/7 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using software)
• 5/8 binary outputs (2 changeover/Form C contacts)
• 1 live-status contact
• Pluggable voltage terminals.

10

5/4 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Function overview

Type Order No. Ratio Type Order No.

lopo CT 16 100 008 100A/225mV LPCT 25-A (D120) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16100000
lopo CT 16 100 005 50A/22.5mV LPCT 25-A (D120) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16100000 1
lopo CT 16 110 005 50A/22.5mV LPCT 25-B (D108) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16110000
lopo CT 16 120 005 50A/22.5mV LPCT 25-C (D300) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16120000
lopo CT 16 130 005 50A/22.5mV LPCT 25-D (D55) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16130000
split-core lopo CT 16 140 005 60A/7.07V LPCT K-60 (D120) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16140000 2
lopo CT 16 150 005 50A/22.5mV LPCT 25-E (oval) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16150003
lopo VT (resistive divider) see table below LPVT-A with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16300000
lopo VT (resistive divider) see table below LPVT-I with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector (size 2) 3-16320000
lopo VT (resistive divider) see table below LPVT-I with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector (size 3) 3-16320010
lopo VT (resistive divider) see table below LPVT-G with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16340000 3
lopo VT (resistive divider) see table below LPVT-P with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16360000
lopo VT (resistive divider) see table below LPVT-F with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16380000
lopo VT (resistive divider) see table below LPVT-S with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16380101
combined (lopo CT with
integrated resistive divider)
16 401 202 CT: 50A/22.5mV
VT: prim: 10kV/√3
LPVCT-12 with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector; 4 x M12 3-16400002 4
sec: 3.25V/√3

Table 5/2  Available low-power transformers from TRENCH

ble! 5
vaila
CAT.5 cable length: Standard 6.5 m
n ge r a
no lo
Contact partner: [email protected]
h are
renc
om T
Trench Switzerland AG, Lehenmattstraße 353, CH-4028 Basel
dV Ts fr
we r
C Ts an 6
po
e l ow
E: Th
NOT
LOPO Voltage Transformers

4 5 6 78 7
Order No.: 16 3   2  

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
Highest voltage for → 7.2 12 15.5 24 36 38 40 52 8
equipment [kV]
Ratio → 6kV 3.25V 10kV 3.25V 15kV 3.25V 20kV 3.25V 30kV 3.25V 34.5kV 3.25V 36kV 3.25V 45kV 3.25V Drawing No.
√3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3
LPVT-A 0 0 → C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
–

C
–
–
–
–
–
–
3-16300000 9
LPVT-I size2 2 0 → 3-16320000
LPVT-I size3 2 1 → – – – – C C C C 3-16320010
Type

LPVT-G 4 0 → C C C C C C – –
3-16340000
LPVT-P 6 0 → C C C C C – – –
3-16360000
LPVT-F 8 0 → C C C C – – – –
3-16380000
LPVT-S 8 1 → C C C C C – – –
3-16380101
RJ45 connector 2
C Standard function – not available 10
Table 5/3 Order no. for LOPO voltage transformers

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 5/5

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications– Applications

The SIPROTEC Compact 7SJ81 unit is a numerical protection Operational indications

with low power CT and VT inputs. The device performs
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents
1 control and monitoring functions and therefore provides
the user with a cost-effective platform for power system
are stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with all
the key data required to operate modern substations.
management, that ensures reliable supply of electrical power
to the customers. The ergonomic design makes control easy Line protection
from the relay front panel. A large, easy-to-read display was
The 7SJ81 units can be used for line protection of high and
2 a key design factor.
medium-voltage networks with grounded, low-resistance
Control grounded, isolated or a compensated neutral point.
The integrated control function permits control of disconnect Transformer protection
devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the The relay provides all the functions for backup protection for
transformer differential protection. The inrush suppression
3 control or automation system (e.g. SICAM).
effectively prevents unwanted trips that can be caused by
Programmable logic inrush currents.
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to Backup protection
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter-
The 7SJ81 can be used as a backup protection for a wide
4 locking) or switching sequence. The user can also generate
user-defined messages. This functionality can form the base range of applications.
to create extremely flexible transfer schemes.
Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
Operational measured values All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
5 Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values (e.g.
Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency) provide
of medium-voltage applications. In general, no separate
measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequen-
improved system management. cy, …) or additional control components are necessary in the
cubicles.

6
Busbar

Local/remote control CFC logic Operational measured values

7 Commands/Feedbacks
Limits
V, f, P

74TC Trip circuit supervision AND Flexible protection functions

52 Mean value I, V, P, Q,
cos ˳, f P<>, Q<> cos˳ df/dt
86 Lock out min/max-memory
32 55 81R
Operation Communication module
f<, f> V> V<

8
Metered energy: as counting pulses
81U/O 59 27
RS232/485/FO/
Ethernet Fault recording Fault Locator
Esc Enter
IEC 60870-5-103 Directional supplement
7 8 9
4 5 6 IEC 61850
1 2 3
PROFIBUS-DP
Fn 0 . Phase sequence
DNP 3.0 FL 47
monitoring
MODBUS RTU

9 I>, I>> I-
TOC
IN>, IN>>,
IN-TOC
67 67N

I>, I>>, IN>, IN>>,

I>>> I-TOC IN>>> IN-TOC I2> > BF I<
InRush Additional Directional ground
5_3_Visio-LSA4783b-us.pdf

50 51 50N 51N 46 49 50BF 37 fault protection

BLK
INs>,
INs>>
79 AR 67Ns-TOC VN>

50N 51N 67Ns 59N

IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC

10 IN>>>
AR Automatic reclosing
BF Breaker Failure Protection
I2> Unbalanced load protection
Thermal overload protection
I< Undercurrent monitoring

Fig. 5/3 Function diagram

5/6 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Application sheets

Protection functions Directional time-overcurrent protection (ANSI 67, 67N)

Directional phase and ground protection are separate func-
Overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
tions. They operate in parallel to the non-directional overcur- 1
This function is based on the phase-selective measurement rent elements. Their pickup values and delay times can be set
of the three phase currents and the ground current (four separately. Definite-time and inverse-time characteristics are
transformers). Three definite time-overcurrent protection offered. The tripping characteristic can be rotated by ± 180
elements (DMT) are available both for the phase and the degrees.
ground elements. The current threshold and the delay time By making use of the voltage memory, the directionality can 2
can be set in a wide range. be determined reliably even for close-in (local) faults. If the
Inverse time-overcurrent protection characteristics (IDMTL) primary switching device closes onto a fault and the voltage
can also be selected and activated. is too low to determine direction, the direction is determined
using voltage from the memorized voltage. If no voltages are
Reset characteristics stored in the memory, tripping will be according to the set
Time coordination with electromechanical relays is made characteristic. 3
easy with the inclusion of the reset characteristics according For ground protection, users can choose whether the direc-
to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3/BS 142 standards. When tion is to be calculated using the zero-sequence or negative-
using the reset characteristic (disk emulation), the reset pro- sequence system quantities (selectable). If the zero-sequence
cess is initiated after the fault current has disappeared. This voltage tends to be very low due to the zero-sequence impe-
reset process corresponds to the reverse movement of the dance it will be better to use the negative-sequence quantities. 4
Ferraris disk of an electromechanical relay (disk emulation).

Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to
Inverse
IEC 60255-3

ANSI / IEEE

5
Short inverse 

Long inverse  

6
Moderately inverse 

Very inverse  

Extremely inverse  

Table 5/4 Available inverse-time characteristics

Inrush restraint 7
If second harmonic content is detected during the energi-
zation of a transformer, the pickup of stages I >, Ip, I >dir Fig. 5/4 Directional characteristics of the directional
and Ip dir is blocked. time-overcurrent protection

Dynamic settings group switching (Sensitive) directional ground-fault detection 8

(ANSI 59N/64, 67Ns, 67N)
In addition to the static parameter changeover, the pickup
thresholds and the tripping times for the directional and For isolated-neutral and compensated networks, the direc-
non-directional time-overcurrent protection functions can tion of power flow in the zero sequence is calculated from
be changed over dynamically. As changeover criterion, the
circuit-breaker position, the prepared auto-reclosure, or a
the zero-sequence current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0.
For networks with an isolated neutral, the reactive current
9
binary input can be selected. component is evaluated; for compensated networks, the
active current component or residual resistive current is eva-
Directional comparison protection (cross-coupling)
luated. For special network conditions, e.g. high-resistance
It is used for selective instantaneous tripping of sections grounded networks with ohmic-capacitive ground-fault
fed from two sources, i.e. without the disadvantage of time current or low-resistance grounded networks with ohmic-
delays of the set characteristic. The directional comparison inductive current, the tripping characteristics can be rotated
protection is suitable if the distances between the protection approximately ± 45 degrees (see Fig.5/5).
zones are not significant and pilot wires are available for
signal transmission. In addition to the directional comparison
Two modes of ground-fault direction detection can be
implemented: tripping or “signalling only mode”. 10
protection, the directional coordinated time-overcurrent
protection is used for complete selective backup protection.

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 5/7

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Application sheets

It has the following functions: Automatic reclosing (ANSI 79)

• TRIP via the displacement voltage VE Multiple re-close cycles can be set by the user and lockout
1 • Two instantaneous elements or one instantaneous plus will occur if a fault is present after the last re-close cycle.
one user-defined characteristic. The following functions are available:
• Each element can be set to forward, reverse or • 3-pole ARC for all types of faults
non-directional.
• Separate settings for phase and ground faults
2 • The function can also be operated in the insensitive mode
as an additional short-circuit protection.
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure (RAR) and up to
nine delayed auto-reclosures (DAR)
• Initiation of the ARC is dependant on the trip command
selected (e.g. I2>, I>>, Ip, Idir >)
• The ARC function can be blocked by activating a binary
input
3 • The ARC can be initiated from external or by the PLC logic
(CFC)
• The directional and non-directional elements can either
be blocked or operated non-delayed depending on the
4 auto-reclosure cycle
• If the ARC is not ready it is possible to perform a dynamic
setting change of the directional and non-directional
overcurrent elements.

5 Flexible protection functions

The 7SJ81 enables the user to easily add up to 20 additional
protection functions. Parameter definitions are used to link
standard protection logic with any chosen characteristic
quantity (measured or calculated quantity). The standard
6 logic consists of the usual protection elements such as the
pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP command,
Fig. 5/5 Directional determination using cosine measurements for
a block function, etc. The mode of operation for current,
compensated networks
voltage, power and power factor quantities can be three-
(Sensitive) ground-fault detection phase or single-phase. Almost all quantities can be operated
7 (ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N) with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g. under and
overvoltage). All stages operate with protection priority.
For high-resistance grounded networks, a sensitive input
transformer is connected to a split-core low-power current
transformer (also called core-balance CT). The function can Measured-value Parameter Standard protection logic

8 processing

5_6_Visio-flexProFunc-us.pdf
(simplified diagram)
also be operated in the normal mode as an additional short- Current I measured
Pickup

V measured
circuit protection for neutral or residual ground protection. 3I0, I1, I2
Time
TRIP
3V0, U1, U2 t command
Voltage
34
Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection (ANSI 46) 
Threshold

FRV˳
Function 1
f
By measuring current on the high side of the transformer, Function 2

9 the two-element phase-balance current/negative-sequence

df/dt
Function 20

protection detects high-resistance phase-to-phase faults

and phase-to-ground faults on the low side of a transformer
Fig. 5/6 Flexible protection function
(e.g. Dy 5). This function provides backup protection for
high-resistance faults through the transformer.

Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)

If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not discon-
nected when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker,
10 another trip command can be initiated using the breaker fai-
lure protection which trips the circuit-breaker of an upstream
feeder. Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip command
is issued and the current keeps on flowing into the faulted
circuit. It is also possible to make use of the circuit-breaker
position contacts (52a or 52b) for indication as opposed to
the current flowing through the circuit-breaker.
5/8 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2
 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Application sheets

Protection functions/stages available are based on the Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
available measured analog quantities:
A sudden drop in current, which can occur due to a reduced
Function ANSI load, is detected with this function. This may be due to shaft 1
I>, IE> 50, 50N that breaks, no-load operation of pumps or fan failure.
V<, V>, VE> 27, 59, 59N
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2 / I1>, 3V0>, V1> <, V2 > < 50N, 46, 59N, 47
The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted
P> <, Q> < 32
network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function 2
cos ϕ 55 can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground,
f>< 81O, 81U positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence volta-
df / dt > < 81R ge. Three-phase and single-phase connections are possible.
Table 5/5 Available flexible protection functions Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
For example, the following can be implemented: The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec- 3
• Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R) tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric
machines). Applications include the isolation of generators
• Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R).
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating

One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the

conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with 4
the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is
circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An active over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz).
alarm signal is generated whenever the circuit is interrupted. Even when falling below this frequency range the function
continues to work, however, with decreased accuracy. The
Lockout (ANSI 86)
function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase- 5
All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is also monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single-
stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure can phase connections are possible.
only occur after the lockout state is reset.

Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)

Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U) 6
Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and
To protect cables and transformers, an overload protection underfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts
function with an integrated warning/alarm element for of the system are protected from unwanted frequency
temperature and current can be used. The temperature is deviations. Unwanted frequency changes in the network
calculated using a thermal homogeneous body model (per can be detected and the load can be removed at a specified 7
IEC 60255-8), it considers the energy entering the equip- frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used over
ment and the energy losses. The calculated temperature is a wide frequency range (40 to 60 (for 50 Hz), 50 to 70 (for
constantly adjusted according to the calculated losses. The 60 Hz)). There are four elements (individually set as over-
function considers loading history and fluctuations in load. frequency, underfrequency or OFF) and each element can
be delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency protection 8
Settable dropout delay times can be performed by activating a binary input or by using an
If the relays are used in conjunction with electromechanical undervoltage element.
relays, in networks with intermittent faults, the long dropout
Fault locator (ANSI FL)
times of the electromechanical relay (several hundred mil-
liseconds) can lead to problems in terms of time coordinati- The integrated fault locator calculates the fault impedance
9
on/grading. Proper time coordination/grading is only possible and the distance to fault. The results are displayed in Ω,
if the dropout or reset time is approximately the same. This is kilometers (miles) and in percent of the line length.
why the parameter for dropout or reset times can be defined
for certain functions, such as overcurrent protection, ground Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55 etc.)
short-circuit and phase-balance current protection. Additional functions, which are not time critical, can be im-
plemented using the CFC measured values. Typical functions
include reverse power, voltage controlled overcurrent, phase
angle detection, and zero-sequence voltage detection.
10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 5/9

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Application sheets

Futher Functions The devices also offer a new method for determining the
remaining service life:
1 Measured values • Two-point method.
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic switching cycle
and voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active diagram (see Fig. 5/7) and the breaking current at the time
and reactive power. The following functions are available for of contact opening serve as the basis for this method. After
measured value processing: CB opening, the two-point method calculates the remaining
2 • Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE number of possible switching cycles. Two points P1 and P2
only have to be set on the device. These are specified in the
• Voltages V L1, V L2, V L3, V12, V 23, V 31
CB’s technical data.
• Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V 2, 3V0
All of these methods are phase-selective and a limit value
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S can be set in order to obtain an alarm if the actual value falls
(P, Q: total and phase selective) below or exceeds the limit value during determination of the
3 • Power factor cos ϕ (total and phase selective) remaining service life.
• Frequency
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and reverse power fl ow
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and

Number of operating cycles

4 voltage values
• Operating hours counter
• Mean operating temperature of the overload function
• Limit value monitoring
Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic
5 in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value
indication.
• Zero suppression P1: Permissible
number of
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value operating cycles
6 is set to zero to suppress interference. at rated normal
current

LSA4083en.eps
Metered values P2: Permissible
number of
For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy operating cycles
metered value from the measured current and voltage at rated short-
7 values. If an external meter with a metering pulse output is
available, the 7SJ81 can obtain and process metering pulses
circuit current Breaking current

through an indication input. The metered values can be dis-

played and passed on to a control center as an accumulated Fig. 5/7 Permissible number of operating cycles as a function of
value with reset. A distinction is made between forward, breaking current
8 reverse, active and reactive energy. Commissioning
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring/ Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
circuit-breaker remaining service life DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu-
ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu-
Methods for determining circuit-breaker contact wear or
9 the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB
ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers,
disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
maintenance intervals to be aligned to their actual degree of
functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
wear. The benefit lies in reduced maintenance costs.
represented as wide-ranging operational measured values.
There is no exact mathematical method to calculate the wear To prevent transmission of information to the control center
or the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker that takes during maintenance, the communications can be disabled
arc-chamber’s physical conditions into account when the CB to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
opens. commissioning, all indications with test tag for test purposes
This is why various methods of determining CB wear have can be connected to a control and protection system.
evolved which reflect the different operator philosophies. To
10 do justice to these, the relay offers several methods: Test operation
• ΣI During commissioning, all indications with test tag can be
• ΣI x , with x = 1..3 passed to a control system for test purposes.
• Σi2t.

5/10 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Application examples

1) Auto-reclosure
(ANSI 79) only with
overhead lines Infeed 1
2) Unbalanced load
protection (ANSI 46) Transformer protection
as backup protection
against asymmetrical
faults
A 52 2
Busbar

Further power supply B 52

IN>
I>t t I2>t

3
51 51N 46
2)

Busbar

C
* 52

I>t

51
IN>

51N
t I2>t

46
4

Load
Busbar 5

Visio-LAS4839-us.pdf
D
* 52

I>t IN>t I2>t

51 51N 46
6
Load Load

Fig. 5/8 Protection concept with overcurrent protection

7
1) The sensitive current
measurement of the
earth current should
be made by a zero-
sequence low-power
Infeed
8
current transformer

Busbar 9
52

I>> I>t
50 51
Visio-LAS4840-us.pdf

IN>t dir.

1) 67Ns

Load
10
Fig. 5/9  Protection concept for directional earth-fault detection

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 5/11

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Application examples

Ring-main cable
With the directional comparison
1 protection, 100% of the line can be Infeed Infeed

protected via instantaneous tripping 52

in case of infeed from two sources
(ring-main cable). 52 52

For lines with infeed from two sour-

2 ces, no selectivity can be achieved
I>t

51
IN>t

51N
ȣ>t

49
I2>t

46 Direct.Compar.Pickup
with a simple definite-time over-
Overhead line Overhead line Protection as in
current protection. Therefore, the
or cable 1 or cable 2 the case of line
directional definite-time overcurrent or cable 1
I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t
protection must be used. A non- 67 67N 51 51N
directional definite-time overcurrent
3 protection is enough only in the
corresponding busbar feeders. The 52 52

grading is done from the other end 52

respectively.
Advantage: 100% protection 52 52
4 of the line via
instantaneous 67 67N 51 51N
Direct.Compar.Pickup
tripping, and easy I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t
setting. Overhead line Overhead line Protection as in
or cable 3 or cable 4 the case of line
Disadvantage: Tripping times
5 increase towards
I>t

67
IN>t dir.

67N
I>t

51
IN>t

51N
or cable 3

the infeed.

52 52

6 52

Visio-LSA4841-us.pdf
52 52
I>t IN>t ȣ>t I2>t

51 51N 49 46

7 Load Load

Fig. 5/10 Protection concept of ring power systems

10

5/12 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Application examples

Busbar protection by overcurrent

relays with reverse interlocking
Applicable to distribution busbars Infeed
1
without substantial (< 0.25 x IN) Reverse interlocking
backfeed from the outgoing feeders.
I>>t0

50/50N 51/51N
2
52
t0 = 50 ms

Busbar

52 52 52
3

Visio-LSA4842-us.pdf
I>> I>t I>> I>t I>> I>t

50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N

4
Fig. 5/11 Busbar protection via overcurrent relays with reverse interlocking

5
Line feeder with load shedding
In unstable power systems (e.g. soli-
tary systems, emergency power sup-
ply in hospitals), it may be necessary
to isolate selected consumers from
6
Busbar
the power system in order to protect
the overall system. The overcurrent-
time protection functions are effective V< f<

only in the case of a short-circuit.

52 27 81U
7
Overloading of the generator can be
I>, I>>, IN>,
measured as a frequency or voltage I>>> IN>> I>, Ip INTOC
drop.
Visio-LSA2216-us.pdf

50 50N 51 51N

79M
>
49
I2>
46
Final trip
86
8

Fig. 5/12 Line feeder with load shedding

9

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 5/13

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Application examples

Automatic reclosing
The auto-reclosure function (AR) has
1 starting and blocking options. In the Stage can Stage get slower executes the
opposite example, the application of the 52 be blocked than the fuse or reclosing for
blocking of the high-current stages is lower protection the hole feeder
devices graduated
represented according to the reclosing
cycles. The overcurrent-time protection
2 is graded (stages I, Ip) according to the 52 52
ON

TRIP
grading plan. If an auto-reclosure func-
I>, I>>, I>>> I>t, I>>t, Ip
tion is installed in the incoming supply

Visio-LSA2219c-us.pdf
50 51
of a feeder, first of all the complete
IN>t, IN>>t,
feeder is tripped instantaneously in case IN>> INTOC AR
of fault. Arc faults will be extinguished 50N 51N 79

3 independently of the fault location.

Other protection relays or fuses do
not trip (fuse saving scheme). After
successful auto-reclosure, all consumers
are supplied with energy again. If there
4 is a permanent fault, further reclosing
cycles will be performed. Depending on
52 Fuse opens by
unsuccessful reclosing

the setting of the AR, the instantaneous I>t, Ip

tripping stage in the infeed is blocked in 67
Circuit-breaker opens
the first, second or third cycle, i.e., now by unsuccessful reclosing

5 the grading is effective according to the

grading plan. Depending on the fault
Fig. 5/13 Automatic reclosing
location, overcurrent relays with faster
grading, fuses, or the relay in the infeed
will trip. Only the part of the feeder with
6 the permanent fault will be shut down
definitively.
Infeed
A
Infeed
B

Reverse power protection with parallel

infeeds

7 If a busbar is supplied by two parallel

infeeds and there is a fault in one of the 52 52
infeeds, the affected busbar shall be 67 67N 32R 67 67N 32R
selectively shut down, so that supply to
the busbar is still possible through the
8 remaining infeed. To do this, directional
devices are required, which detect a
52
Visio-LSA4116a-us.pdf

52 52
short circuit from the busbar towards the
infeed. In this context, the directional
time-overcurrent protection is normally
9 adjusted over the load current. Low-cur-
rent faults cannot be shut down by this
Feeder Feeder

protection. The reverse power protection

can be adjusted far below rated power, Fig. 5/14 Reverse power protection with parallel infeeds
and is thus also able to detect reverse
power in case of low-current faults far
below the load current. The reverse
power protection is implemented through
the “flexible protection functions”.

10

5/14 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Selection and ordering data

Description Order No. Short code

12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
7SJ81 3- -3 –
1
Measuring inputs, binary inputs and outputs
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover), 1 live status contact
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x U, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 live status contact
2
3
2
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x U, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover), 1 live status contact 4

Low Power Measuring Inputs 3

Auxiliary voltage
DC 24 V / 48 V 1 3
DC 60 V / 110 V / 125 V / 220 V / 250 V, AC 115 V / 230 V 5

Construction
Flush mounting housing, screw-type terminal E

Region-specific default- and language settings

4
Region DE, IEC, language German (language changeable) A
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language English (language changeable) B

Port B (at bottom of device, rear)

No port 0
5
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3

PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485 9

L 0
A
6
PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 9 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector
9
9
G
H
7
IEC 60870-5-103, redundant, electrical RS485, RJ45 connector 9 P
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 S

Port A (at bottom of device, in front)

8
No Port 0
With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, not IEC 61850), RJ45 connector 6

Measuring / fault recording

With fault recording, average values, min/max values 3
9

10

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 5/15

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Selection and ordering data

Description Order No. Short code

12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 7SJ81 3- -3 –

Basic Functionality 2)
FD

2 50/51
50N/51N
Definite/Inverse time-overcurrent protection, phase I>, I >>, I>>>, Ip
Instantaneous/Inverse time-overcurrent protection, ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
50N(s)/51N(s)1) Sensitive ground-current protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
46 Unbalanced-load protection
37 Undercurrent, underpower
3 86 Lockout
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker
Flexible protection functions (current parameters)
Inrush restraint

4 Basic functionality + Directional phase & ground overcurrent, directional sensitive ground fault, FC 3)
voltage and frequency protection

67 Directional overcurrent protection phase I >,I >>, Ip

67N Directional overcurrent protection ground IE>, IE>>, IEp
5 67Ns 1)
59N
Directional sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
Displacement voltage
27/59 Under/Overvoltage
81U/O Under/Overfrequency f<, f>
47 Phase rotation
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters):
6 32/55/81R
Protective function for voltage, power
power factor, frequency change

Automatic Reclosing (AR), Fault Locator (FL)

Without 0
79 With AR 1
7 FL 3)
79/FL 3)
With FL
With AR and FL
2
3

10 1) Depending on the connected low-power ground current transformer the function

will be either sensitive (INs) or non-sensitive (IN)
2) Only if position 6 = 1 or 2
3) Only if position 6 = 3 or 4

5/16 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Connection diagrams

F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
1
F2 IB C10
BO2 C14
F3 IC C13
C12
F4 IN, INS
BO3 E1
2
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3
C3 BI1
C4
C5
C6
BI2
4
C7 BI3 Life Contact E10
C8 E8
E7

= + C1
5
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
e.g. System interface
B 6
Port A
A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

7
5_15_Visio-Figure-14-us.pdf

USB-DIGSI-Interface

Grounding on the case

8
250 V

Fig. 5/15 Connection diagram for 7SJ811

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 5/17

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Connection diagrams

1 F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
F2 IB C10
BO2 C14
F3 IC C13
C12
2 F4 IN, INS
BO3 E1
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5

3 BO6
E6
D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1 D12
C4
BO8
4 C5
C6
BI2
D13
D14

C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E8
E7
5 D1
D2
BI4
= +
D3 (~) C1
BI5 Power Supply
D4 =
- C2
D5 BI6

6 D6
D7 BI7
Port B
e.g. System interface
B
D8
Port A
A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression

7
Capacitors at the Relay
5_16_Visio-Figure-15-us.pdf

USB-DIGSI-Interface

Grounding on the case

8
250 V

Fig. 5/16 Connection diagram for 7SJ812

10

5/18 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Connection diagrams

F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
1
VA-N C10
F2 IB
BO2 C14
VB-N C13
F3 IC C12
VC-N
BO3 E1
2
F4 IN, INS
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3
C3 BI1
C4
C5
C6
BI2
4
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E8
E7

= + C1
5
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
e.g. System interface
B 6
Port A
A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

7
5_17_Visio-Figure-16-us.pdf

USB-DIGSI-Interface

Grounding on the case

8
250 V

Fig. 5/17 Connection diagram for 7SJ813

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 5/19

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Connection diagrams

1 F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
VA-N C10
F2 IB
BO2 C14
VB-N C13
F3 IC C12
2 VC-N
BO3 E1
F4 IN, INS
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3 BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1 D12
C4
BO8 D13
4 C5
C6
BI2 D14

C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E8
D1 E7
5 D2
BI4
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2
D5 BI6
D6
6 D7 BI7
Port B
e.g. System interface
B
D8
Port A
A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression

7
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
Visio-Figure-17-us.pdf

Grounding on the case

8
250 V

Fig. 5/18 Connection diagram for 7SJ814

10

5/20 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Connection example

Standard connection capabilities

52 52 52
Flush Mounting Housing
1
F1
IA
F2

F3
IB
2

5_19_Visio-SIP0023us.pdf
IC
F4
LPCT LPCT LPCT IN

A B C
SIPROTEC
3
Fig. 5/19 Connection to three low power CTs, normal circuit layout - appropriate for
all networks

52 52 52
Flush Mounting Housing
5
F1
IA
F2
IB
F3 6

5_20_Visio-SIP0023us.pdf
IC
F4
LPCT LPCT LPCT IN

A B C SIPROTEC
7

LPCT
8
Fig. 5/20 Connection to 3 low-power CTs - additional low-power CT for sensitive
ground fault detection INS - only for isolated or compensated
networks

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 5/21

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Connection example

Standard connection capabilities

1 52 52 52

LPCT/LPVT Flush Mounting Housing

R1 1) R2
F1

*
VA-N

2 *
IA

LPCT/LPVT
R1 1) R2
F2

*
VB-N
IB
3 *

LPCT/LPVT
R1 1) R2
F3

*
4 VC-N
IC

5_21_Visio-Figure-22-us.pdf
*

F4
A B C IN
5 SIPROTEC

*
LPCT

6 1) R1 and R2 represent the primary voltage divider.

Important! Cable Shield Grounding must be done on the Cable Side!

Fig. 5/21 Connection for combined low-power current and voltage

transformers in phase L1, L2 and L3
7

10

5/22 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications – Connection example

Standard connection capabilities

52 52 52
LPVT Flush Mounting
1
R1 1) R2 Housing
RJ45 Y-Cable

*
F1 VA-N
IA

LPVT
2
R1 1) R2 RJ45 Y-Cable

*
F2 VB-N
IB

LPVT
R1 1) R2 RJ45 Y-Cable 3

*
F3 VC-N
IC

5_22_Visio-Figure-23-us.pdf
* * *
LPCT LPCT LPCT
F4
IN
4
A B C

SIPROTEC

LPCT
* 5
1) R1 and R2 represent the primary voltage divider.

Important! Cable Shield Grounding must be done on the Cable Side!

Fig. 5/22 Connection to low-power transformers for 3 phase currents,

6
sensitive ground current INS and 3 phase-to-ground-voltages.
The LPCT and the LPVT are connected to 7SJ81 through a Y-cable
(refer to Fig. 2/23)

To 7SJ81/7SK81
7
RJ45 plug
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8
1)
1)

1)
1) 9
5_23_Visio-Y-cable_us.pdf

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
RJ45 socket RJ45 socket

From low-power VT From low-power CT

(Voltage divider)

1) The connections 5, 6, 7 and 8 are optional, but not mandatory. 10

Fig. 5/23 Y-cable for a connection of LPCT and LPVT with 7SJ81
Bild 5/23 Y-Kabel für eine Verbindung von LPCT und LPVT mit 7SJ81

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 5/23

 Overcurrent Protection 7SJ81

10

5/24 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
SIPROTEC Compact
 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80

Page
1
Description 6/3

Function overview 6/4

2 Applications 6/5

Application sheets 6/6

Application examples 6/12

Selection and ordering data 6/16

3 Connection diagrams 6/18

Connection examples 6/24

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

6/2 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Description

Description
The SIPROTEC Compact 7SK80 is a multi-functional motor
protection relay. It is designed for protection of asynchro- 1
nous motors of all sizes. The relays have all the required
functions to be applied as a backup relay to a transformer
differential relay.
The SIPROTEC Compact 7SK80 features “flexible protection
functions”. Up to 20 additional protection functions can be 2
created by the user.
Therefore protection of change for frequency or reverse

7SK80_W3_de_en.psd
power protection can be realized, for example.
The relay provides circuit-breaker control, further switching
devices and automation functions. The integrated program-
mable logic (CFC) allows the user to add own functions, e.g. 3
for the automation of switchgear (interlocking). The user is
also allowed to generate user-defined messages.

Highlights
• Pluggable current and voltage terminals
4
• Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages)
• Secondary current transformer values (1 A / 5 A) settable
using DIGSI
• 9 programmable function keys
Fig. 6/1 7SK80 front view
5
• 6-line display
• Buffer battery exchangeable from the front
• USB front port
• 2 additional communication ports 6
• Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
• Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability 7
• Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with
IEC 61850 GOOSE
• Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through
LSP3.01-0008.eps

Ethernet with SNTP (over Port A or Port B)

• Number of binary binputs and inary outputs by connec-
8
tion from up to two SICAM I / O-Units extendable.

Fig. 6/2 7SK80 rear view

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/3

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI

Definite and inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase / ground) I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>; Ip, IEp 50, 50N; 51, 51N
1 Directional time-overcurrent protection, ground IE dir>, IE dir>>, IEp dir 67N
Directional overcurrent protection, ground (definite / inverse) IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 67Ns, 50Ns
Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage V E, V 0> 59N
Trip-circuit supervision AKU 74TC
2 Undercurrent monitoring I< 37
Temperature monitoring 38
Thermal overload protection ϑ> 49
Load jam protection 51M
Locked rotor protection 14

3 Intermittent ground fault protection IIE>

Directional intermittent ground fault protection IIEdir> 67Ns
Overcurrent protection, voltage controlled 51V
Restart inhibit 66 / 86

4 Undervoltage / overvoltage protection V<, V> 27 / 59

Forward power supervision, reverse power protection P<>, Q<> 32
Power factor cos ϕ 55
Overfrequency / underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O / U

5 Circuit-breaker failure protection 50BF

Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection) I 2> 46
Unbalance-voltage protection and / or phase-sequence monitoring V2>, phase sequence 47
Start-time supervision 48

6 Lockout 86
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df / dt 81R
Rate-of-voltage-change protection dU / dt 27R, 59R

Table 6/1 Funktionsübersicht

7 Control functions / programmable logic Communication interfaces
• Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect switches • System / service interface
(isolators / isolating switches) – IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
• Control through keyboard, binary inputs, – IEC 60870-5-103
8 DIGSI 4 or SCADA system – PROFIBUS-DP
• User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking). – DNP 3.0
– MODBUS RTU
Monitoring functions – DNP3 TCP
– PROFINET
9 • Operational measured values V, I, f
• Energy metering values Wp, Wq
– Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR
• Ethernet interface for DIGSI 4, and extension from up to
• Circuit-breaker wear monitoring two SICAM I / O-Units 7XV5673 as well as a RTD box
• Minimum and maximum values • USB front interface for DIGSI 4.
• Trip-circuit supervision
Hardware
• Fuse failure monitor
• 4 current transformers
• 8 oscillographic fault records
• 0 / 3 voltage transformers
• Motor statistics.
• 3 / 7 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using software)
10 ATEX100-certification • 5 / 8 binary outputs (2 changeover)
The Device is available with ATEX100-certification for • 0 / 5 RTD inputs
protection of explosion-proved machines of increased-safety • 1 live-status contact
type ”e“
• Pluggable current and voltage terminals.

6/4 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Applications

The SIPROTEC Compact 7SK80 unit is a numerical motor Operational indication

protection relay that can perform control and monitoring
functions and therefore provide the user with a cost-effective
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents
are stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with 1
platform for power system management, that ensures
all the key data required to operate modern substations.
reliable supply of electrical power to the customers. The
ergonomic design makes control easy from the relay front Motor protection
panel. A large, easy-to-read display was a key design factor.

Control
The 7SK80 relay is specifically designed to protect
induction-type asynchronous motors.
2
The integrated control function permits control of discon- Line protection
nect devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the The 7SK80 units can be used for line protection of high and
control or automation system (e.g. SICAM). medium-voltage networks with grounded, low-resistance

Programmable logic
grounded, isolated or a compensated neutral point.
3
Transformer protection
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter- The 7SK80 relay provides all the functions for backup
locking) or switching sequence. The user can also generate protection for transformer differential protection. The
user-defined messages. This functionality can form the base inrush suppression effectively prevents unwanted trips that
can be caused by inrush currents.
4
to create extremely flexible transfer schemes.

Operational measured value Backup protection

Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values As a backup protection the 7SK80 devices are universally
(e.g.Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency) applicable. 5
provide improved system management.
Switchgear cubicles for high / medium voltage
All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
of high / medium-voltage applications. In general, no separate
measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequency, 6
…) or additional control components are necessary.

Busbar

Local/remote control CFC logic Operational measured values

7
52
Commands/Feedbacks
Limits
V, f, P
74TC Trip circuit supervision AND I, V, P, Q,
Mean value
cos ˳, f Flexible protection functions
min/max-memory P<>, Q<> cos˳ df/dt dV/dt

8
86 Lock out
27R
32 55 81R
Operation Communication module RTD-Box 59R
Metered energy: as counting pulses
f<, f> V> V<
RS232/485/FO/
Ethernet Fault recording Additional motor protection 81U/O 59 27
IEC 60870-5-103 Load Jam
Esc Enter
I<
IEC 61850
7 8 9 66/86 37 48 51M Directional supplement (Ground)
PROFIBUS-DP

9
4 5 6
1 2 3 DNP 3.0
Fn 0 .
MODBUS RTU 14 Jammed rotor protection 47 Phase sequence
DNP3 TCP
Motor statistics
PROFINET
38 Storage temperature
IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC
67N
I- IN-
I>, I>>, TO IN>, IN>>, TO
I>>> C IN>>> C I2> ! BF
InRush Additional Directional ground
6_3_Visio-LSA4782b-us.pdf

50 51 50N 51N 46 49 Intermitt. 50BF 51V

BLK ground fault fault protection

INs>, 67Ns-
INs>> TOC VN>
67Ns-
50N

IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC

51N 67Ns
TOC
59N
10
IN>>>
BF Breaker Failure Protection I2> Unbalanced load protection
66/86 Motor restart inhibit ! Thermal overload protection
48 Motor starting protection I< Undercurrent monitoring

Fig. 6/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/5

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Application sheets

Protection functions Directional overcurrent protection, ground (ANSI 67N)

Overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 51V) Directional ground protection is a separate function.
1 This function is based on the phase selective measurement
It operates in parallel to the non-directional ground
overcurrent elements. Their pickup values and delay times
of the three phase currents and the ground current (four
can be set separately. Definite-time and inverse-time charac-
transformers). Three definite time-overcurrent protection
teristics aroffered. The tripping characteristic can be rotated
elements (DMT) are available both for the phase and the
by 0 to ± 180 degrees.
2 ground elements. The current threshold and the delay time
can be set in a wide range. For ground protection, users can choose whether the
direction is to be calculated using the zero-sequence or
Inverse time-overcurrent protection characteristics (IDMTL)
negative-sequence system quantities (selectable). If the
can also be selected and activated. The inverse-time
zero-sequence voltage tends to be very low due to the zero-
function provides – as an option – voltage-restraint or
sequence impedance it will be better to use the negative-
voltage-controlled operating modes
sequence quantities.
3
Reset characteristics
Time coordination with electromechanical relays are made
easy with the inclusion of the reset characteristics according
4 to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards. When
using the reset characteristic (disk emulation), the reset
process is initiated after the fault current has disappeared.
This reset process corresponds to the reverse movement
of the Ferraris disk of an electromechanical relay (disk
5 emulation).

Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to IEC 60255-3 ANSI / IEEE

6 Inverse
Short inverse
 

Long inverse   Fig. 6/4 Directional characteristic of the directional time-overcurrent

Moderately inverse  protection, ground

7 Very inverse  

Extremely inverse  

Table 6/2 Available inverse-time characteristics

Inrush restraint
8 If second harmonic content is detected during the energi-
zation of a transformer, the pickup of stages I>, Ip, I> ger and
Ip ger is blocked.

Dynamic settings group switching

9 In addition to the static parameter changeover, the pickup
thresholds and the tripping times for the directional and
non-directional time-overcurrent protection functions can
be changed over dynamically. As changeover criterion, the
circuit-breaker position, the prepared auto-reclosure, or a
binary input can be selected.

10

6/6 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Application sheets

(Sensitive) directional ground-fault detection Intermittent ground fault protection

(ANSI 59N / 64, 67Ns, 67N)
Intermittent (re-igniting) faults are caused by poor cable
For isolated-neutral and compensated networks, the insulation or water ingress into cable joints. After some time, 1
direction of power flow in the zero sequence is calculated the faults extinguish automatically or they develop into
from the zero-sequence current I0 and zero-sequence permanent short circuits. During the intermitting, neutral
voltage V0. For networks with an isolated neutral, the point resistances in impedance grounded systems can suffer
reactive current component is evaluated; for compensated thermal overload.
networks, the active current component or residual resistive The normal ground fault protection is not capable of reliably 2
current is evaluated. For special network conditions, e.g. detecting and clearing the sometimes very short current
high-resistance grounded networks with ohmic-capacitive pulses. The required selectivity for intermittent ground faults
ground-fault current or low-resistance grounded networks is achieved by summing up the times of the individual pulses
with ohmic-inductive current, the tripping characteristics and tripping after a (programmable) summation time has
can be rotated approximately ± 45 degrees (see Fig. 6 / 5). been reached. The pickup threshold Iie> evaluates RMS values
Two modes of ground-fault direction detection can be
implemented: tripping or “signalling only mode”.
referred to 1 system period. 3
Directional intermittent ground fault protection (ANSI 67Ns)
It has the following functions:
• TRIP via the displacement voltage V E The directional intermittent ground fault protection function
• Two instantaneous elements or one instantaneous plus has the task to selectively detect intermittent ground faults in
one user-defined characteristic resonant-grounded cable networks. 4
• Each element can be set to forward, reverse or Intermittent ground faults in resonant-grounded cable
non-directional networks are typically marked by the following properties:
• The function can also be operated in the insensitive mode – Very short high-current ground current impulse (up to
as an additional short-circuit protection. several hundred amperes) with a duration of less than 1 ms.
– They are self-extinguishing and reignite – depending on the
5
network conditions and fault characteristics – within a half
period up to several periods.
– They can also develop into static faults over prolonged
periods of time (many seconds up to minutes). 6
Such intermittent ground faults are typically caused by poor
insulation, e.g. due to insufficient water insulation of old
cables.
Ground fault functions based on measured values of the
fundamental component are primarily designed for detec-
7
tion of static ground faults and they do not always show a
correct behavior in the case of intermittent ground faults.
The directional intermittent ground fault protection function
evaluates specifically the ground current impulses and for
the direction determination it refers them to zero voltage.
8
Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
By measuring current on the high side of the transformer,
the two-element phase-balance current / negative-sequence
protection detects high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and
9
phase-to-ground faults on the low side of a transformer (e.g.
Fig. 6/5 Directional determination using cosine measurements for Dy 5). This function provides backup protection for high-
compensated networks resistance faults through the transformer.

Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)

(Sensitive) ground-fault detection
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not discon-
(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)
nected when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker,
For high-resistance grounded networks, a sensitive input
transformer is connected to a phase-balance neutral current
another trip command can be initiated using the breaker
failure protection which trips the circuit-breaker of an 10
transformer (also called core-balance CT). The function can upstream feeder. Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip
also be operated in the normal mode as an additional short- command is issued and the current keeps on flowing into the
circuit protection for neutral or residual ground protection. faulted circuit. It is also possible to make use of the circuit-
breaker position contacts (52a or 52b) for indication as
opposed to the current flowing through the circuit-breaker.

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/7

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Application sheets

Flexible protection functions Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)

The 7SK80 enables the user to easily add up to 20 additional One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the
1 protection functions. Parameter definitions are used to link circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables.
standard protection logic with any chosen characteristic An alarm signal is generated whenever the circuit is
quantity (measured or calculated quantity). The standard interrupted.
logic consists of the usual protection elements such as the
pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP command, Lockout (ANSI 86)
2 a block function, etc. The mode of operation for current, All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset
voltage, power and power factor quantities can be three- key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is
phase or phase-selective. Almost all quantities can be also stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure
operated with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g. can only occur after the lockout state is reset.
under and over- voltage). All stages operate with protection
priority or speed. Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
3 To protect cables and transformers, an overload protection
Measured-value Parameter Standard protection logic function with an integrated warning / alarm element for
processing
Current I measured
(simplified diagram) temperature and current can be used. The temperature is
 Pickup
V measured calculated using a thermal homogeneous body model (per
Visio-flexProFunc-us.pdf
Time
3I0, I1, I2 TRIP
t IEC 60255-8), it considers the energy entering the equip-
4
3V0, V1, V2 command
Voltage
 34 Threshold
ment and the energy losses. The calculated temperature is
FRV˳
f
Function 1 constantly adjusted according to the calculated losses. The
Function 2
df/dt
Function 20 function considers loading history and fluctuations in load.
dV/dt
Protection of motors requires an additional time constant.
This is used to accurately determine the thermal heating of
5 Fig. 6/6 Flexible protection functions
the stator during the running and motor stopped conditions
The ambient temperature or the temperature of the coolant
Protection functions / stages available are based on the avail- can be detected either through internal RTD inputs or via an
able measured analog quantities: external RTD-box.
6 Function
I>, IE>
ANSI
50, 50N
The thermal replica of the overload function is automatically
adapted to the ambient conditions.If neither internal RTD
inputs nor an external RTD-box exist,
U<, U>, UE> 27, 59, 59N
it is assumed that the ambient temperatures are constant.
3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2 / I1>, 3U0>, V1> <, V2 > < 50N, 46, 59N, 47

7 P> <, Q> <

cos ϕ
32
55
Settable dropout delay times
If the relays are used in conjunction with electromechani-
f>< 81O, 81U cal relays, in networks with intermittent faults, the long
df / dt > < 81R dropout times of the electromechanical relay (several
hundred milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms of time
8 dV / dt> <
Table 6/3 Available flexible protection functions
27R, 59R
coordination / grading. Proper time coordination / grading
is only possible if the dropout or reset time is approximately
the same. This is why the parameter for dropout or reset
For example, the following can be implemented: times can be defined for certain functions, such as
• Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R) overcurrent protection, ground short-circuit and phase-
9 • Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R). balance current protection.
• Rate-of-voltage-change protection (ANSI 27R, 59R).

10

6/8 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Application sheets

Motor protection

Restart inhibit (ANSI 66 / 86)

1
If a motor is subjected to many successive
starts, the rotor windings or rotor bars can
be heated up to a point where the electrical
connections between the rotor bars and the
end rings are damaged. As it is not possible 2
to physically measure the heat of the rotor
we need to determine the heat by measur-
ing the current the rotor is drawing through
the stator to excite the rotor. A thermal
replica of the rotor is established using a I2t
curve. The restart inhibit will block the user
from starting the motor if the relay deter-
3
mined that the rotor reached a temperature
that will damage the rotor should a start be
attempted. The relay will thus only allow a
restart if the rotor has a sufficient thermal
reserve to start (see Fig.). T - TRIP
I STARTUP Motor startup current
4
[s]
T max STARTUP cold max. startup time of motor with
Emergency start-up startup current from cold motor

If the relay determines that a restart of the T max STARTUP warm max. warm motors startup times
motor is not allowed, the relay will issue
a block signal to the closing command, I Pickup Threshold of the function
5
effectively blocking any attempt to start the
motor. The emergency startup will defeat
this block signal if activated through a
binary input. The thermal replica can also be
reset to allow an emergency restart of the
T max STARTUP cold
6
T max STARTUP warm
motor. Cold Motor

Warm Motor
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
I
Either 5 internal RTD inputs or up to 12 RTD I Pickup I STARTUP 7
inputs through an external RTD box can be
applied for temperature detection. Example Fig. 6/7 Starting time supervision characteristics
for the application with 5 internal RTD
I A2
inputs: Two RTDs can be applied to each bearing (the cause tTRIP tAmax
of 50 % of typical motor failures).
I
8
The remaining RTD is used to measure the ambient tempera- tTRIP = Tripping time
ture. Stator temperature is calculated by the current flowing I A = Motor starting current
through the stator windings. Alternatively up to 12 RTDs t Amax = Max. permissible starting time
can be applied using an external RTD box connected either I = Actual current flowing
through RS485 on Port B or through Ethernet on Port A. Because the flow of current is the cause of the heating of 9
The RTDs can also be used to monitor the thermal status of the motor windings, this equation will accurately calculate
transformers or other pieces of primary equipment. the starting supervision time. The accuracy will not be
affected by reduced terminal voltage that could cause a
Starting time supervision / Locked rotor protection prolonged start. The trip time is an inverse current depen-
(ANSI 48 / 14) dant characteristic (I2t).
Starting time supervision protects the motor against Block rotor can also be detected using a speed sensor
unwanted prolonged starts that might occur in the event connected to a binary input of the relay. If activated it will
of exces-sive load torque or excessive voltage drops within cause an instantaneous trip.
the motor, or if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is
calculated from measured stator current. The tripping time
10
is calculated according to the following equation:

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/9

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Application sheets

Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) Frequency protection (ANSI 81O / U)

Load jam is activated when a sudden high load is applied Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and
1 to the motor because of mechanical failure of a pump for underfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts
example. The sudden rise in current is detected by this of the system are protected from unwanted frequency
function and can initiate an alarm or a trip. The overload deviations. Unwanted frequency changes in the network
function is too slow and thus not suitable can be detected and the load can be removed at a specified
frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used over
2 Unbalanced-load protection (ANSI 46) a wide frequency range (40 to 60 (for 50 Hz), 50 to 70 (for
The unbalanced load protection detects a phase failure or 60 Hz)). There are four elements (individually set as overfre-
load unbalance due to system asymmetry, and protects the quency, underfrequency or OFF) and each element can be
rotor from impermissible overheating. delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency protection
can be performed by activating a binary input or by using an
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) undervoltage element.
3 A sudden drop in current, which can occur due to a reduced
load, is detected with this function. This may be due to shaft
Customized functions (ANSI 51V, 55 etc.)

that breaks, no-load operation of pumps or fan failure. Additional functions, which are not time critical, can be
implemented using the CFC measured values. Typical
Motor statistics functions include reverse power, voltage controlled overcur-
4 Essential statistical information is saved by the relay during
a start. This includes the duration, current and voltage. The
rent, phase angle detection, and zero-sequence voltage
detection.
relay will also provide data on the number of starts, total Further functions
operating time, total down time, etc. This data is saved as
statistics in the relay. Measured values
5 Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current
The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted and voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active
network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function and reactive power. The following functions are available for
can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground, measured value processing:
6 positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence
voltage. Three-phase and single-phase connections are
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE
• Voltages V L1, V L2, V L3, V12, V 23, V 31
possible. • Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V 2, 3V0
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) • Power Watts, Vars, VA / P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase
selective)
7 The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec-
tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric • Power factor cos ϕ (total and phase selective)
machines). Applications include the isolation of generators • Frequency
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating • Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and reverse power fl ow
conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and
8 conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with
the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is
voltage values
active over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz). • Operating hours counter
Even when falling below this frequency range the function • Mean operating temperature of the overload function
continues to work, however, with decrease accuracy. The • Limit value monitoring
9 function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic
in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value
monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single- indication
phase connections are possible.
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value
is set to zero to suppress interference.

10

6/10 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Application sheets

Metered values
For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy
metered value from the measured current and voltage 1
values. If an external meter with a metering pulse output is
available, the 7SK80 can obtain and process metering pulses
through an indication input. The metered values can be
displayed and passed on to a control center as an accumu-
lated value with reset. A distinction is made between 2
forward, reverse, active and reactive energy.

Expansion of the binary inputs and outputs with

SICAM I / O Unit 7XV5673
P1: Permissible number
To expand binary inputs and outputs, up to two SICAM I / O of operating cycles
Units 7XV5673 can be connected to the 7SK80. Every
SICAM I / O Unit 7XV7653 has 6 binary inputs, 6 binary
at rated normal
current 3
P2: Permissible number
outputs and one ethernet switch for cascading. The connec-
of operating cycles
tion to the protection device is established either via the at rated short-
DIGSI Ethernet service interface Port A or via IEC 61850 circuit current
GOOSE to Port B (system interface with EN100 module). 4
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring /
circuit-breaker remaining service life Fig. 6/8 Permissible number of operating cycles as a function of
breaking current
Methods for determining circuit-breaker contact wear or
the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB 5
maintenance intervals to be aligned to their actual degree of Commissioning
wear. The benefit lies in reduced maintenance costs.
Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
There is no exact mathematical method to calculate the
DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu-
wear or the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker that
takes arc-chamber’s physical conditions into account when
ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu-
ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers,
6
the CB opens.
disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
This is why various methods of determining CB wear have functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
evolved which reflect the different operator philosophies. To represented as wide-ranging operational measured values.
do justice to these, the relay offers several methods:
• ΣI
To prevent transmission of information to the control center
during maintenance, the communications can be disabled
7
• ΣI x , with x = 1..3 to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
commissioning, all indications with test tag for test purposes
• Σi2t.
can be connected to a control and protection system.
The devices also offer a new method for determining the
remaining service life: Test operation
8
• Two-point method During commissioning, all indications with test tag can be
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic switching cycle passed to a control system for test purposes.
diagram (see Fig. 6/8) and the breaking current at the time
of contact opening serve as the basis for this method. After 9
CB opening, the two-point method calculates the remaining
number of possible switching cycles. Two points P1 and P2
only have to be set on the device. These are specified in the
CB’s technical data.
All of these methods are phase-selective and a limit value
can be set in order to obtain an alarm if the actual value falls
below or exceeds the limit value during determination of the
remaining service life.
10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/11

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Application examples

Radial systems
1) Unbalanced load
General hints:
1 The relay at the far end (D) from the
protection (ANSI 46)
as backup protection
Infeed

infeed has the shortest tripping time. against asymmetrical

faults Transformer protection
Relays further upstream have to be
time-graded against downstream
relays in steps of about 0.3 s.
2 A 52

Busbar

Further power supply B 52

I>t IN>t I2>t

3 51 51N 46
1)

Busbar

C 52
*
4 I>t IN>t I2>t
51 51N 46

5 Load
Busbar

D 52
*

6_9_LSA4839-us.pdf
6 I>t
51
IN>t
51N
I2>t
46

Load Load
7 Fig. 6/9 Protection concept with overcurrent protection

1) The sensitive current

measurement of the
Infeed
8 Earth-fault detection in isolated or
compensated systems
earth current should be
made by core balance
current transformer
In isolated or compensated systems,
an occurred earth fault can be easily
found by means of sensitive direc- Busbar
9 tional earth-fault detection.

52
6_10_LSA4840-us.pdf

I>> I>t
50 51

7XR96 IN>t dir.

1) 67Ns
60/1
10 Load

Fig. 6/10 Protection concept for directional earth-fault detection

6/12 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Anwendungsbeispiele

Small and medium-sized

motors < 1MW 1

6_11_LSA4869-us.pdf
52
Applicable, with effective and I>, I>>,
I>>> IN>t > IStart²t I2>
low-resistance infeed (IE ≥ IN, Motor),
50 51N 49 48 46
to low-voltage motors and high-
voltage motors with low-resistance
infeed (IE ≥ IN, Motor) M
2
Fig. 6/11 Protection concept for small sized motors

High-resistance infeed
(I E ≤ I N, Motor)
52 46-
3
1) Zero-sequence current transformer I>> > IStart²t
1
PU I<
2) The sensitive directional earth- 50 49 48 46 37

6_12_LSA4870-us.pdf
fault detection (ANSI 67Ns) is only
applicable with the infeed from an
isolated system or a system earthed
7XR96
1)
60/1 A
IN>t
51N 67Ns
2)
4
via Petersen coil.
M

Fig. 6/12 Protection concept for medium sized motors 5

Busbar
Generators < 500 kW Medium-voltage
If a zero-sequence current trans-
former is available for the sensitive 52
6
earth-fault protection, the 7SK80
6_13_LSA4871-us.pdf

relay with the sensitive earth-current

G
input should be used. I>t 46-1
IN>t
51/51N
PU
46 49 7

Fig. 6/13 Protection concept for smallest generators with solidly earthed neutral
8
Busbar
Medium-voltage
52 9
6_14_LSA4872-us.pdf

G1
I>t 46-1
IN>t PU
Generator 51/51N 46 49
2

*
RN =
VNom
3 · (0.5 to 1) · INom 10
Fig. 6/14 Protection concept for smallest generators with low-resistance neutral earthing

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/13

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Application examples

Generators up to 1MW
Two voltage transformers in Busbar
1 V-connection are sufficient.
52

2 81
f><

I>t 46-1 PU P> V>

6_15_LSA4873-us.pdf
51 49 46 32 59

IN>t

3 51N

4 Fig. 6/15 Protection concept for small generators

Busbar protection by overcurrent Infeed

relays with reverse interlocking
Reverse interlocking
Applicable to distribution busbars
5 without substantial (< 0.25 x IN)
backfeed from the outgoing feeders. I>>t0

50/50N 51/51N

6 52
t0 = 50 ms

Busbar

52 52 52

7 I>, I>>, I>, I>>, I>, I>>,

6_16_LSA4842-us.pdf
I>>> I>t I>>> I>t I>>> I>t
50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N

8 Fig. 6/16 Busbar protection with reverse interlocking

Line feeder with load shedding

In unstable power systems (e.g.
9 solitary systems, emergency power
supply in hospitals), it may be neces-
sary to isolate selected consumers Busbar
from the power system in order
to protect the overall system. The V< f<
overcurrent-time protection functions 52 27 81U
are effective only in the case of a
short-circuit. Overloading of the I>, I>>, IN>,
generator can be measured as a I>>> IN>> I>, Ip INTOC
6_17_LSA4876-us.pdf

10
50 50N 51 51N
frequency or voltage drop.
> I2> Final trip
49 46 86

Fig. 6/17 Line feeder with load shedding

6/14 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Application examples

Protection of a transformer
The high-current stage enables a Busbar

current grading, the overcurrent

High-voltage
1
stages work as backup protection to 59-1 PU ,t
subordinate protection devices, and 59

the overload function protects the

transformer from thermal overload.
Low-current, single-phase faults I>, I>> I>t, I>>t, Ip >t I2>t, I2>>t
2

6_18_LSA2203b-us.pdf
TRIP
52 50 51 49 46
on the low-voltage side, which are
IN>t, IN>>t,
reproduced in the opposite system on IN>, IN>> INTOC
the high-voltage side, can be detected 50N 51N Inrush blocking
with the unbalanced load protection.
The available inrush blocking prevents
pickup caused by the inrush currents of
the transformer. 87
3

*
e.g.
7UT61
IN>t, IN>>t,
IN>, IN>> INTOC

52
50N 51N
4
Busbar
Medium-voltage
TRIP
52 52 52 52

I2>>t, I2>t
5
46

typical Feeder

6
Unbalanced fault

7
Fig. 6/18 Typical protection concept for a transformer

Motor protection
For short-circuit protection, the
Busbar 8
stages I>> and IE >> are available, for
example. Sudden load variations in Rotation V< V> V0>
52 47 27 59 59N
running operation are acquired by the
Iload> function. For isolated systems,
the sensitive earth-fault detection I>, I>>,
I>>> S> 46-1 PU I< ILoad>
9
(IEE>>, V0 >) can be used. The stator is 50 49 46 37 51M
protected against thermal overload by
14 Blocked rotor
υs, the rotor by I2>, start-time super-
vision and restart inhibit. A locked 49 Motor starting protection
6_19_LSA2204b-us.pdf

rotor is detected via a binary input, 86 Motor restart inhibit

and shut down as fast as required. The IN> IN>>
restart inhibit can be deactivated by 51N or 67N

an “emergency start”.
The undervoltage function prevents Tachometer M 10
a start when the voltage is too low;
the overvoltage function prevents
insulation damages.
Fig. 6/19 Typical protection concept for an asynchronous high-voltage motor

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/15

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Selection and ordering data

Product description Order No. Short code

12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 Motor Protection 7SK80 V4.70 7SK80 - - +

Measuring inputs, binary inputs and outputs

Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover / Form C), 1 live status contact 1
2 Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover / Form C), 1 live status contact
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover / Form C), 1 live status contact
2
3
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover / Form C), 1 live status contact 4 see
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover / Form C), 5 RTD inputs, 1 live status contact 5 next
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover / Form C), 5 RTD inputs, 1 live stat. cont. 6
page

3 Measuring inputs, default settings I

Iph = 1 A / 5 A, Ie = 1 A / 5 A 1
Iph = 1 A / 5 A, Iee (sensitive) = 0.001 to 1.6 A / 0,005 bis 8 A 2

Auxiliary voltage
24 V to 48 V
4 DC 60 V to 250 V; AC 115 V; AC 230 V
1
5

Construction
Surface-mounting case, screw-type terminal B
Flush-mounting case, screw-type terminal E
5 Region specific default and language settings
Region DE, IEC, language German (language changeable), standard front A
Region World, IEC / ANSI, language English (language changeable), standard front B
Region US, ANSI, language US-English (language changeable), US front C

6 Region FR, IEC / ANSI, language French (language changeable), standard front
Region World, IEC / ANSI, language Spanish (language changeable), standard front
D
E
Region World, IEC / ANSI, language Italian (language changeable), standard front F
Region RUS, IEC / ANSI, language Russian (language changeable), standard front G
Region CHN, IEC / ANSI, language Chinese (language changeable), Chinese front K

7 Port B (at bottom of device, rear)

No port 0
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4 / Modem, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 DIGSI 4 / Modem or RTD-box, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 DIGSI 4 / Modem or RTD-box, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3

8 PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485

PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring, ST connector
9
9
L
L
0
0
A
B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 H
9 IEC 60870-5-103, redundant, electrical RS485, RJ45 connector 9
9
L
L
0
0
P
R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 0 S
DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 2 R
DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 2 S
PROFINET + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 3 R
PROFINET + IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 3 S

Port A (at bottom of device, in front)

No port 0

10 With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, RTD-box, I / O-Unit, not IEC 61850), RJ45 connector 6

Measuring / fault recording

With fault recording 1
With fault recording, average values, min / max values 3

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

6/16 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Product description Order No. Bestell-Nr.

Short code
12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Motor Protection 7SK80 V4.70 7SK80 - - +
1
4)
H D 0
Basic functionality (contained in all options)
50 / 51 Overcurrent protection phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
50N / 51N
50N(s) / 51N(s)1)
Overcurrent protection ground I E >, I E >>, I E >>>, I Ep
Sensitive ground fault protection I EE >, I EE >>, I EEp
2
Intermittent ground fault protection
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Circuit breaker failure protection
46 Unbalanced-load protection
86 Lockout
48
37
Starting time supervision
Undercurrent monitoring 3
66 / 86 Restart inhibit
14 Locked rotor protection
51M Load jam protection
Motor statistics
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker
4
Flexible protection functions (current parameters)
Inrush restraint

5)
Basic functionality + Directional sensitive ground fault, voltage and frequency H E 0

51V
protection + Directional intermittent ground fault protection
Voltage dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
5
67N Directional overcurrent protection ground, I E >, I E >>, I E >>>, I Ep
67Ns1) Directional sensitive ground fault protection, I EE >, I EE >>, I EEp
67Ns2) Directional intermittent ground fault protection
64 / 59N Displacement voltage
27 / 59
81 U / O
Under / Overvoltage
Under / Overfrequency, f<, f>
6
47 Phase rotation
Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters):
27R / 32 / 55 / 59R / 81R Protection function for voltage, power, power factor,
rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change,

ATEX100-certification
7
with ATEX100-certification 3) for protection of explosion-proved machines of increased-safety type ”e“ Z X 9 9

10
1) Depending on the ground current input the function will be either sensitive (IEE ) or non-sensitive (IE ).
2) Function only available with sensitive ground current input (Position 7 = 2)
3) If no ATEX100-certification is required, please order without the order No. extension -ZX99
4) Only if position 6 = 1, 2 or 5
5) Only if position 6 = 3, 4 or 6

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/17

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
F2 C10
F3 I B, IN2
C14
2 F4
F5 IC
BO2
C13
C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4
3 BO5 E5
E6

4 C3
C4
BI1

C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E 10
5 C8 E8
E7

= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

6
Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
7 A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
6_20_LSA4784-us.ai

8 Grounding on the case

250 V

Fig. 6/20 Motor protection 7SK801

10

6/18 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C13
C12 2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6 3
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3 BI1 D12
C4
C5 BI2
BO8 D13 4
D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E8
D1 BI4
E7
5
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2
D5
D6
BI6
Port B
B
6
D7 BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Ethernet interface
7
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
6_21_LSA4785-us.ai

Grounding on the case

8
250 V

Fig. 6/21 Motor protection 7SK802

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/19

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C14
2 F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 VA, VAB E4
3 E11
E12
VB, VBC BO5 E5
E6
E13 VC, VN, VX
E14

C3
4 C4
BI1

C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E10
C8
5 E8
E7

= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

6 Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
7 A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
6_22_LSA4874a-en.ai

8 Grounding on the case

250 V

Fig. 6/22 Motor protection 7SK803

10

6/20 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C1 4
F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
2
F6 BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS E2
F8 BO4 E3
E4
E9 Q2 VA, VAB
BO5 E5
E11
E12
VB, VBC
E6 3
BO6 D9
E13 VC, VN, VX
D10
E14
BO7 D11
C3 D12
C4
BI1
BO8 D13 4
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10

D1 BI4
E8
E7 5
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2
D5
D6
BI6
Port B
6
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
6_23_LSA4875-us.ai

Grounding on the case 8

250 V

Fig. 6/23 Motor protection 7SK804

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/21

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C14
2 F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6

C3 Life Contact E10

4 C4
BI1
E8
E7
C5 BI2
C6 = +
(~) C1
C7 Power Supply
BI3
=
- C2
C8
5
Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
6 (+) D1
RTD1
Ethernet interface
A

(-) D2
D5 COMP12 Interference Suppression Capacitors at the
USB-DIGSI-Interface
(+) D3 Relay Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
RTD2
(-) D4
7 (+) D7 Grounding on the case
RTD3
(-) D8
D6 COMP34
(+) D9
RTD4
8 (-) D10

(+) D11
RTD5
6_24_LSA4823-us.ai

(-) D12
D13 COMP5

9 D14 *)

Fig. 6/24 Motor protection 7SK805

10

6/22 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
F2 C9
C10
F3 I B, IN2
BO2 C14
F4
F5 IC
C13
C12
2
F6
BO3 E1
F7 I N, INS
E2
F8
BO4 E3
E9 VA, VAB E4
E11
E12
VB, VBC BO5 E5
E6
3
E13 VC, VN, VX
E14

C3 Life Contact E10

C4
BI1
E8
E7
4
C5 BI2
C6 = +
(~) C1
C7 Power Supply
BI3
=
- C2
C8
5
Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
(+) D1
RTD1
Ethernet interface
A
6
(-) D2
D5 COMP12 Interference Suppression Capacitors at the
USB-DIGSI-Interface
(+) D3 Relay Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
RTD2
(-) D4

(+) D7 Grounding on the case 7

RTD3
(-) D8
D6 COMP34
(+) D9
RTD4
(-) D10
8
(+) D11
RTD5
6_25_LSA4824-us.ai

(-) D12
D13 COMP5

D14 *)
9
Fig. 6/25 Motor protection 7SK806

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/23

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Connection examples

Connection of current
and voltage transformers A

1
B
C
Standard connection
52 52 52
For grounded networks, the ground Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

current is obtained from the phase F1 IA F2

currents by the residual current
2 F3 IB F4
circuit. IC

6_26_LSA4826us.pdf
F5 F6
P2 S2

IN
P1 S1 F7 F8

SIPROTEC

M
3
Fig. 6/26 Residual current circuit without directional element

4 A
B
C

5
a

Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

E9 VA-N

E11 VB-N E12

52 52 52

6 E13

F1
VC-N

IA
E14

F2

6_27_LSA4827us.pdf
IB
F3 F4
IC
F5 F6
L l

7 K k F7
IN
F8

SIPROTEC

8 Fig. 6/27 Residual current circuit with directional element for ground
(non directional element for phases)

A
B

9 Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

C

52 52 52
IA
F1 F2
IB
F3 F4
IC
F5 F6
L l

K k
6_28_LSA4790us.pdf

INs
A B C F8 F7

10 L l
SIPROTEC

K k

Fig. 6/28 Current transformer connections on three current transformers,

earth current of additional summation current transformer

6/24 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Connection examples

Connection for compensated

networks A
B
The figure shows the connection of A
C
1
two phase-to-ground voltages and
B
the V E voltage of the broken delta da

winding and a phase-balance neutral

dn
current transformer for the ground a

current. This connection maintains b

2
maximum precision for directional

6_29_LSA4792us.pdf
ground-fault detection and must be Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing
used in compensated networks. E9 VA-B

E11 VC-B E12

52 52 52 E13 VN E14

F1
IA
F2
3
IB
F3 F4
IC
F5 F6
L l

K k
4
A B C
F8 INs F7

L l
SIPROTEC

K k
5
Fig. 6/29 Sensitive directional ground-fault detection
(non directional element for phases)

A
6
Sensitive directional ground-fault B
detection. A
C

7
B

da

dn Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

52 52 52 VN
E13 E14

8
IA
F1 F2
IB
F3 F4
IC
F5 F6
L l

K k

9
6_30_LSA4793us.pdf

A B C
F8 INs F7

L l SIPROTEC

K k

Fig. 6/30 Sensitive directional ground-fault detection

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/25

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Connection examples

Connection for all types of power

systems
A

1 The illustration shows the connection B

C
of three current transformers and two
voltage transformers in V-connection. Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing
52 52 52
A directional earth-fault protection E9
VA-B
is not possible, as the displacement
2
A a

voltage cannot be calculated. B b E12

A a
VC-B
B b E11

IA
F1 F2

6_31_LSA4859us.pdf
IB
F3 F4

3 L l
F5 IC F8

F7 IN F8
K k

SIPROTEC

4 M

Fig. 6/31 Residual circuit with voltage functions

5 (non directional element for phase)

10

6/26 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80
Connection examples

Overview of connection types

Type of network Function Current connection Voltage connection
(Low-resistance) grounded
networks
Overcurrent protection
phase / ground non-directional
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-
current transformers required,
– 1
phase-balance neutral current
transformers possible
(Low-resistance) grounded Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current –
networks
Isolated or compensated Overcurrent protection phases
transformers required
Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- –
2
networks non-directional current transformers possible
(Low-resistance) grounded Directional overcurrent protection, Residual circuit, with 3 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
networks phase current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Isolated or compensated Directional overcurrent protection, Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
networks phase current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
(Low-resistance) grounded
networks
Directional overcurrent protection,
ground-faults
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-
current transformers required,
Phase-to-ground connection
required
3
phase-balance neutral current
transformers possible
Isolated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Residual circuit, if ground current 3 times phase-to-ground
> 0.05 IN on secondary side,
otherwise phase-balance neutral
connection or phase-to-ground
connection with broken delta 4
current transformers required winding
Compensated networks Sensitive ground-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current 3 times phase-to-ground
cos ϕ measurement transformers required connection or phase-to-ground
connection with broken delta

Table 6/4 Overview of connection types

winding
5

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 6/27

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK80

10

6/28 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

SIPROTEC Compact
Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications
 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications

Page
1
Description 7/3

Function overview 7/4

2 Applications 7/6

Application sheets 7/7

Application examples 7/13

Selection and ordering data 7/17

3 Connection diagrams 7/19

Connection examples 7/25

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

7/2 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Description

Description
The SIPROTEC Compact 7SK81 provides 4 low-power current
transformer inputs and optionally 3 low-power voltage trans- 1
former inputs. With the same low-power current transformer
(LPCT) a wide range of primary rated line currents can be
covered. Objects with rated currents in the range of 40 A
to 5000 A can be protected when using low-power current
transformers. The following low-power current transformer 2
ratios are suitable for the following primary current opera-
ting ranges:
• 100 A/225 mV for a primary operating current range of

LSP3.01-0026.eps
40 A … 600 A
• 50 A/22.5 mV for a primary operating current range of
200 A … 3000 A 3
• 400A/225mV for a primary operating current range of
200 A … 2500 A
• 100 A/22.5 mV for a primary operating current range of
400 A … 5000 A.
Resistive dividers are provided as low-power voltage transfor-
4
mers (LPVT).
The SIPROTEC Compact 7SK81 is a multi-functional motor
protection relay. It is designed for protection of asynchronous
motors of all sizes. The relays have all the required functions
Fig. 7/1  7SK81 front view
5
to be applied as a backup relay to a transformer differential
relay.
The relay provides numerous functions to respond flexibly to
the system requirements and to deploy the invested capital
economically. Examples for this are: exchangeable interfaces, 6
flexible protection functions and the integrated automation
level (CFC). Freely assignable LEDs and a six-line display
ensure a unique and clear display of the process states.
In combination with up to 9 function keys, the operating
personnel can react quickly and safely in any situation. This 7
guarantees a high operational reliability.

Highlights
LSP3.01-0008.eps

• Inputs for low power VTs and CTs according IEC 61869-6
(formerly IEC 60044-7 and IEC 60044-8)
8
• Removable terminal blocks
• Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages)
• 9 programmable function keys
• 6-line display
9
• Buffer battery exchangeable from the front
• USB front port
• 2 additional communication ports Fig. 7/2  7SK81 rear view
• Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
• Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability
• Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with 10
IEC 61850 GOOSE
• Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through
Ethernet with SNTP.

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/3

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI

Instantaneous and definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral) I>, I >>, I >>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>; Ip, IEp 50, 50N; 51, 51N
1 Directional time-overcurrent protection, ground IE dir>, IE dir>>, IEp dir 67N
Directional overcurrent protection, ground (definite/inverse) IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 67Ns, 50Ns
Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage V E, V 0> 59N
Trip-circuit supervision AKU 74TC
2 Undercurrent monitoring I< 37
Temperature monitoring 38
Thermal overload protection ϑ> 49
Load jam protection 51M
Locked rotor protection 14
3 Restart inhibit 66/86
Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
Forward-power, reverse-power protection P<>, Q<> 32
Power factor cos ϕ 55
4 Overfrequency/underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/U
Breaker failure protection 50BF
Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection) I 2> 46
Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring V2>, phase sequence 47
5 Start-time supervision 48
Lockout 86
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df / dt 81R

Table 7/1 Function overview

6
Control functions/programmable logic Communication interfaces
• Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect switches • System/service interface
7 (isolators/isolating switches) – IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
• Control through keyboard, binary inputs, – IEC 60870-5-103
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
– PROFIBUS-DP
• User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking).
– DNP 3.0
8 Monitoring functions – MODBUS RTU
• Operational measured values V, I, f – Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR
• Energy metering values Wp, Wq • Ethernet interface for DIGSI 4, RTD box
• Circuit-breaker wear monitoring • USB front interface for DIGSI 4.
9 • Minimum and maximum values Hardware
• Trip-circuit supervision
• 4 current inputs
• Fuse failure monitor
• 0/3 voltage inputs
• 8 oscillographic fault records
• 3/7 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using software)
• Motor statistics.
• 5/8 binary outputs (2 changeover)
• 0/5 RTD inputs
• 1 live-status contact
10 • Pluggable voltage terminals.

7/4 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Function overview

Type Order No. Ratio Type Order No.

lopo CT
lopo CT
16 100 008
16 100 005
100A/225mV
50A/22.5mV
LPCT 25-A (D120) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector
LPCT 25-A (D120) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector
3-16100000
3-16100000
1
lopo CT 16 110 005 50A/22.5mV LPCT 25-B (D108) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16110000
lopo CT 16 120 005 50A/22.5mV LPCT 25-C (D300) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16120000
lopo CT
split-core lopo CT
16 130 005
16 140 005
50A/22.5mV
60A/7.07V
LPCT 25-D (D55) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector
LPCT K-60 (D120) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector
3-16130000
3-16140000
2
lopo CT 16 150 005 50A/22.5mV LPCT 25-E (oval) with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16150003
lopo VT (resistive divider) see table below LPVT-A with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16300000
lopo VT (resistive divider) see table below LPVT-I with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector (size 2) 3-16320000
lopo VT (resistive divider)
lopo VT (resistive divider)
see table below
see table below
LPVT-I with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector (size 3)
LPVT-G with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector
3-16320010
3-16340000
3
lopo VT (resistive divider) see table below LPVT-P with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16360000
lopo VT (resistive divider) see table below LPVT-F with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector 3-16380000
lopo VT (resistive divider)
combined (lopo CT with 16 401 202
see table below
CT: 50A/22.5mV
LPVT-S with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector
LPVCT-12 with CAT.5 cable and RJ45 connector; 4 x M12
3-16380101
3-16400002
4
integrated resistive divider) VT: prim: 10kV/√3
sec: 3.25V/√3

lable! 5
Table 7/2  Available low-power transformers from TRENCH
avai
CAT.5 cable length: Standard 6.5 m
no l o n ge r
Tren ch a re
om
V Ts fr
Contact partner: [email protected]
a n d
r CTsBasel
p owe
Trench Switzerland AG, Lehenmattstraße 353, CH-4028

N OT E
: The
l o w 6
LOPO Voltage Transformers

4 5 6 78
Order No.: 16 3   2  
7
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
Highest voltage for → 7.2 12 15.5 24 36 38 40 52
equipment [kV]
Ratio → 6kV 3.25V 10kV 3.25V 15kV 3.25V 20kV 3.25V 30kV 3.25V 34.5kV 3.25V 36kV 3.25V 45kV 3.25V Drawing No. 8
√3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3
LPVT-A 0 0 → C C C C – – – –
3-16300000
LPVT-I size 2 2 0 → C C C C C – – –
3-16320000
LPVT-I size 3 2 1 → – – – – C C C C 3-16320010 9
Type

LPVT-G 4 0 → C C C C C C – –
3-16340000
LPVT-P 6 0 → C C C C C – – –
3-16360000
LPVT-F 8 0 → C C C C – – – –
3-16380000
LPVT-S 8 1 → C C C C C – – –
3-16380101
RJ45 connector 2
C Standard function – not available
Table 7/3 Order no. for LOPO voltage transformers
10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/5

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Applications

The SIPROTEC Compact 7SK81 unit is a numerical motor Operational indication

protection relay for low power CT and VT inputs. It can per-
1 form control and monitoring functions and therefore provide
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents are
stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with all the
the user with a cost-effective platform for power system
key data required to operate modern substations.
management, that ensures reliable supply of electrical power
to the customers. The ergonomic design makes control easy Motor protection
from the relay front panel. A large, easy-to-read display was a
2 key design factor. The 7SK81 relay is specifically designed to protect induction-
type asynchronous motors.
Control
Line protection
The integrated control function permits control of disconnect
devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through The 7SK81 units can be used for line protection of high and
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the medium-voltage networks with grounded, low-resistance

3 control or automation system (e.g. SICAM). grounded, isolated or a compensated neutral point.

Programmable logic Transformer protection

The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to add The 7SK81 relay provides all the functions for backup
own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. interlocking) protection for transformer differential protection. The inrush
4 or switching sequence. The user can also generate user- suppression effectively prevents unwanted trips that can be
caused by inrush currents.
defined messages. This functionality can form the base to
create extremely flexible transfer schemes.
Backup protection
Operational measured value As a backup protection the 7SK81 devices are universally
5 Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values applicable.
(e.g.Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency)
Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
provide improved system management.
All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
of high/medium-voltage applications. In general, no separate
6 measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequency,
…) or additional control components are necessary.

Busbar

7 Local/remote control CFC logic Operational measured values

52
Commands/Feedbacks
Limits
74TC Trip circuit supervision V, f, P
AND Mean value I, V, P, Q,
cos ˳, f Flexible protection functions
86 Lock out min/max-memory P<>, Q<> cos˳ df/dt

8 Operation Communication module RTD-Box

Metered energy: as counting pulses
32 55 81R

f<, f> V> V<

RS232/485/FO/ Fault recording Additional motor protection 81U/O 59 27

Load Jam
Esc Enter
Ethernet I<
IEC 60870-5-103 Directional supplement (Ground)
7 8 9 66/86 37 48 51M
4 5 6 IEC 61850

9 PROFIBUS-DP
1 2 3
Fn 0 . Phase sequence
DNP 3.0 14 Jammed rotor protection 47
monitoring
MODBUS RTU Motor statistics
38 Storage temperature
IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC
67N
I- IN-
I>, I>>, TO IN>, IN>>, TO
I>>> C IN>>> C I2> BF
InRush Additional Directional ground
50 51 50N 51N 46 49 50BF fault protection
BLK
Visio-7SK81- fd-us.pdf

INs>, 67Ns-
INs>> TOC VN>
67Ns-
67Ns 59N
50N 51N TOC

10 IN>, IN>>, IN-TOC

IN>>>
BF Breaker Failure Protection I2> Unbalanced load protection
66/86 Motor restart inhibit Thermal overload protection
48 Motor starting protection I< Undercurrent monitoring

Fig. 7/3 Function diagram

7/6 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

Protection functions Directional overcurrent protection, ground (ANSI 67N)

Directional ground protection is a separate function. It ope-
Time-overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
rates in parallel to the non-directional ground overcurrent 1
This function is based on the phase selective measurement elements. Their pickup values and delay times can be set
of the three phase currents and the ground current (four separately. Definite-time and inverse-time characteristics
transformers). Three definite-time overcurrent protection aroffered. The tripping characteristic can be rotated by
elements (DMT) are available both for the phase and the 0 to ± 180 degrees.
ground elements. The current threshold and the delay time For ground protection, users can choose whether the 2
can be set in a wide range. direction is to be calculated using the zero-sequence or
Inverse-time overcurrent protection characteristics (IDMTL) negative-sequence system quantities (selectable). If the
can also be selected and activated. zero-sequence voltage tends to be very low due to the
zero-sequence impedance it will be better to use the nega-
Reset characteristics tive-sequence quantities.
Time coordination with electromechanical relays are made 3
easy with the inclusion of the reset characteristics according
to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3 /BS 142 standards. When
using the reset characteristic (disk emulation), the reset pro-
cess is initiated after the fault current has disappeared. This
reset process corresponds to the reverse movement of the 4
Ferraris disk of an electromechanical relay (disk emulation).

Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to
Inverse
IEC 60255-3

ANSI / IEEE

5
Short inverse 

Long inverse  

6
Moderately inverse 

Very inverse  

Extremely inverse  
Fig. 7/4 Directional characteristic of the directional time-overcurrent
Table7/4 Available inverse-time characteristics protection, ground

Inrush restraint 7
If second harmonic content is detected during the energi-
zation of a transformer, the pickup of stages I>, Ip, I>dir
and Ip dir is blocked.

Dynamic settings group switching 8

In addition to the static parameter changeover, the pickup
thresholds and the tripping times for the directional and
non-directional time-overcurrent protection functions can
be changed over dynamically. As changeover criterion, the
circuit-breaker position, the prepared auto-reclosure, or a
9
binary input can be selected.

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/7

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

(Sensitive) directional ground-fault detection Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)

(ANSI 59N/64, 67Ns, 67N) (Negative-sequence protection)
1 For isolated-neutral and compensated networks, the direc- By measuring current on the high side of the transformer,
tion of power flow in the zero sequence is calculated from the two-element phase-balance current/negative-sequence
the zero-sequence current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0. protection detects high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and
For networks with an isolated neutral, the reactive current phase-to-ground faults on the low side of a transformer (e.g.
component is evaluated; for compensated networks, the Dy 5). This function provides backup protection for high-
2 active current component or residual resistive current is eva- resistance faults through the transformer.
luated. For special network conditions, e.g. high-resistance
grounded networks with ohmic-capacitive ground-fault Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
current or low-resistance grounded networks with ohmic- If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not discon-
inductive current, the tripping characteristics can be rotated nected when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker,
approximately ± 45 degrees (see Fig. 7/5). another trip command can be initiated using the breaker fai-
3 Two modes of ground-fault direction detection can be
implemented: tripping or “signalling only mode”.
lure protection which trips the circuit-breaker of an upstream
feeder. Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip command
• It has the following functions: is issued and the current keeps on flowing into the faulted
circuit. It is also possible to make use of the circuit-breaker
• TRIP via the displacement voltage VE
position contacts for indication as opposed to the current
4 • Two instantaneous elements or one instantaneous plus
one user-defined characteristic
flowing through the circuit-breaker.

• Each element can be set to forward, reverse or non- Flexible protection functions
directional The 7SK81 enables the user to easily add up to 20 additional
• The function can also be operated in the insensitive mode protection functions. Parameter definitions are used to link
5 as an additional short-circuit protection. standard protection logic with any chosen characteristic
quantity (measured or calculated quantity). The standard
logic consists of the usual protection elements such as the
pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP command, a
block function, etc. The mode of operation for current, volta-
6 ge, power and power factor quantities can be three-phase or
phase-selective. Almost all quantities can be operated with
ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g. under and over-
voltage). All stages operate with protection priority or speed.

7 Measured-value
processing
Parameter Standard protection logic
(simplified diagram)
Current I measured
 Pickup
V measured

Visio-flexProFunc-us.pdf
Time
3I0, I1, I2 TRIP
3V0, V1, V2 t command
Voltage
34 Threshold

8

FRV˳
Function 1
f
Function 2
df/dt
Function 20

9 Fig. 7/6 Flexible protection functions

Fig. 7/5 Directional determination using cosine measurements for

compensated networks

(Sensitive) ground-fault detection

(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)

10 For high-resistance grounded networks, a sensitive input

transformer is connected to a split-core low-power current
transformer (also called core-balance CT). The function can
also be operated in the normal mode as an additional short-
circuit protection for neutral or residual ground protection.

7/8 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

Protection functions/stages available are based on the available Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
measured analog quantities:
To protect cables and transformers, an overload protection
Function ANSI function with an integrated warning/alarm element for tempe- 1
I>, IE> 50, 50N rature and current can be used. The temperature is calculated
using a thermal homogeneous body model (per IEC 60255-8),
V<, V>, VE> 27, 59, 59N
it considers the energy entering the equipment and the energy
3I0>, I 1>, I2>, I2 / I1>, 3V0>, V1> <,V2 > < 50N, 46, 59N, 47
losses. The calculated temperature is constantly adjusted ac-
P> <, Q> < 32 cording to the calculated losses. The function considers loading 2
cos ϕ 55 history and fluctuations in load.
f>< 81O, 81U Protection of motors requires an additional time constant.
df / dt > < 81R This is used to accurately determine the thermal heating of
the stator during the running and motor stopped conditions.
Table 7/5 Available flexible protection functions
The ambient temperature or the temperature of the coolant
For example, the following can be implemented: can be detected either through internal RTD inputs or via an
external RTD-box. The thermal replica of the overload function
3
• Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R)
is automatically adapted to the ambient conditions. If neither
• Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R). internal RTD inputs nor an external RTD-box exist, it is assumed
that the ambient temperatures are constant.
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the Settable dropout delay times
4
circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An alarm If the relays are used in conjunction with electromechanical
signal is generated whenever the circuit is interrupted. relays, in networks with intermittent faults, the long dropout
times of the electromechanical relay (several hundred millise-
Lockout (ANSI 86)
conds) can lead to problems in terms of time coordina-tion/ 5
All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset grading. Proper time coordination/grading is only possible if
key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is also the dropout or reset time is approximately the same. This is
stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure can only why the parameter for dropout or reset times can be defined
occur after the lockout state is reset. for certain functions, such as time-overcurrent protection,
ground short-circuit and phase-balance current protection. 6

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/9

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

Motor protection

1 Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)

If a motor is subjected to many successive
starts, the rotor windings or rotor bars can
be heated up to a point where the electrical
connections between the rotor bars and the
2 end rings are damaged. As it is not possible
to physically measure the heat of the rotor
we need to determine the heat by measuring
the current the rotor is drawing through the
stator to excite the rotor. A thermal replica
of the rotor is established using a I2t curve.
3 The restart inhibit will block the user from
starting the motor if the relay determined
that the rotor reached a temperature that
will damage the rotor should a start be
attempted. The relay will thus only allow a
4 restart if the rotor has a sufficient thermal
reserve to start (see Fig.). T - TRIP
I STARTUP Motor startup current
[s]
T max STARTUP cold max. startup time of motor with
Emergency start-up startup current from cold motor

If the relay determines that a restart of the T max STARTUP warm max. warm motors startup times

5 motor is not allowed, the relay will issue

a block signal to the closing command, I Pickup Threshold of the function

effectively blocking any attempt to start the

motor. The emergency startup will defeat
this block signal if activated through a binary
6 input. The thermal replica can also be reset
to allow an emergency restart of the motor.
T max STARTUP cold

T max STARTUP warm

Cold Motor
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Warm Motor
Either 5 internal RTD inputs or up to 12 I
7 RTD inputs through an external RTD box I Pickup I STARTUP

can be applied for temperature detection.

Example for the application with 5 internal Fig. 7/7 Starting time supervision characteristics
RTD inputs: Two RTDs can be applied to each
bearing (the cause of 50% of typical motor failures).
8 The remaining RTD is used to measure the ambient tempera- tTRIP
I A2
I
tAmax
ture. Stator temperature is calculated by the current flowing
through the stator windings. Alternatively up to 12 RTDs tTRIP = Tripping time IA = Motor starting current
can be applied using an external RTD box connected either tAmax = Max. permissible starting time
through RS485 on Port B or through Ethernet on Port A. I = Actual current flowing
9 The RTDs can also be used to monitor the thermal status of Because the flow of current is the cause of the heating of the
transformers or other pieces of primary equipment. motor windings, this equation will accurately calculate the
starting supervision time. The accuracy will not be affected
Starting time supervision/Locked rotor protection by reduced terminal voltage that could cause a prolonged
(ANSI 48/14) start. The trip time is an inverse current dependant characte-
2
Starting time supervision protects the motor against unwant- ristic (I t).
ed prolonged starts that might occur in the event of exces- Block rotor can also be detected using a speed sensor con-
sive load torque or excessive voltage drops within the motor, nected to a binary input of the relay. If activated it will cause
or if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is calculated from an instantaneous trip.
10 measured stator current. The tripping time is calculated
according to the following equation:

7/10 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)

Load jam is activated when a sudden high load is applied to Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and
the motor because of mechanical failure of a pump for ex- underfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts 1
ample. The sudden rise in current is detected by this function of the system are protected from unwanted frequency
and can initiate an alarm or a trip. The overload function is deviations. Unwanted frequency changes in the network
too slow and thus not suitable. can be detected and the load can be removed at a specified
frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used over
Unbalanced load protection (ANSI 46) a wide frequency range (40 to 60 (for 50 Hz), 50 to 70 (for 2
The unbalanced load protection detects a phase failure or 60 Hz)). There are four elements (individually set as over-
load unbalance due to system asymmetry, and protects the frequency, underfrequency or OFF) and each element can
rotor from impermissible overheating. be delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency protection
can be performed by activating a binary input or by using an
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) undervoltage element.
A sudden drop in current, which can occur due to a reduced Customized functions (ANSI 51V, 55 etc.) 3
load, is detected with this function. This may be due to shaft
that breaks, no-load operation of pumps or fan failure. Additional functions, which are not time critical, can be im-
plemented using the CFC measured values. Typical functions
Motor statistics include reverse power, voltage controlled overcurrent, phase
Essential statistical information is saved by the relay during
angle detection, and zero-sequence voltage detection. 4
a start. This includes the duration, current and voltage. The Further functions
relay will also provide data on the number of starts, total
operating time, total down time, etc. This data is saved as Measured values
statistics in the relay.
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current 5
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) and voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active
and reactive power. The following functions are available for
The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted
measured value processing:
network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE
can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground,
positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence volta- • Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, V12, V23, V31
6
ge. Three-phase and single-phase connections are possible. • Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3 I0; V1, V2, 3V0
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) • Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase
selective)
The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec-
tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric
• Power factor cos ϕ (total and phase selective) 7
machines). Applications include the isolation of generators • Frequency
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating • Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and reverse power flow
conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating • Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and
conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with
the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is
voltage values 8
• Operating hours counter
active over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz).
Even when falling below this frequency range the function • Mean operating temperature of the overload function
continues to work, however, with decreased accuracy. The • Limit value monitoring
function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic
in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value
9
monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single- indication
phase connections are possible. • Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value
is set to zero to suppress interference.

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/11

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application sheets

Metered values
For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy me-
1 tered value from the measured current and voltage values. If
an external meter with a metering pulse output is available,
the 7SK81 can obtain and process metering pulses through
an indication input. The metered values can be displayed and
passed on to a control center as an accumulated value with
2 reset. A distinction is made between forward, reverse, active
and reactive energy.

Circuit-breaker wear monitoring/

circuit-breaker remaining service life
P1: Permissible number
Methods for determining circuit-breaker contact wear or of operating cycles
3 the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB
maintenance intervals to be aligned to their actual degree
at rated normal
current
P2: Permissible number
of wear. The benefit lies in reduced maintenance costs.
of operating cycles
There is no exact mathematical method to calculate the wear at rated short-
or the remaining service life of a circuit-breaker that takes circuit current
4 arc-chamber’s physical conditions into account when the
CB opens.
This is why various methods of determining CB wear have Fig. 7/8 Permissible number of operating cycles as a function of
evolved which reflect the different operator philosophies. breaking current
To do justice to these, the relay offers several methods:
5 • ΣI Commissioning
• ΣIx, with x = 1..3
Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
• Σi2t. DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu-
ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu-
6 The devices also offer a new method for determining the
remaining service life: ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers,
disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
• Two-point method
functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic switching cycle represented as wide-ranging operational measured values.
diagram (see Fig. 7/8) and the breaking current at the time To prevent transmission of information to the control center
7 of contact opening serve as the basis for this method. After during maintenance, the communications can be disabled
CB opening, the two-point method calculates the remaining to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
number of possible switching cycles. Two points P1 and P2 commissioning, all indications with test tag for test purposes
only have to be set on the device. These are specified in the can be connected to a control and protection system.
CB’s technical data.
8 All of these methods are phase-selective and a limit value Test operation
can be set in order to obtain an alarm if the actual value falls During commissioning, all indications with test tag can be
below or exceeds the limit value during determination of the passed to a control system for test purposes.
remaining service life.

10

7/12 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application examples

Radial systems
1) Unbalanced load
General hints:
The relay at the far end (D) from the
protection (ANSI 46)
as backup protection
Infeed
1
infeed has the shortest tripping time. against asymmetrical
faults Transformer protection
Relays further upstream have to be
time-graded against downstream
relays in steps of about 0.3 s.
A 52
2
Busbar

Further power supply B 52

I>t IN>t I2>t

3
51 51N 46
1)

Busbar

C
* 52

I>t IN>t I2>t

4
51 51N 46

Load
Busbar
5
D
* 52

Visio-LSA4839-us.pdf
I>t
51
IN>t
51N
I2>t
46 6
Load Load

Fig. 7/9 Protection concept with overcurrent-time protection 7

1) The sensitive current
measurement of the
Earth-fault detection in isolated or
compensated systems
earth current should
be made by a zero-
Infeed
8
sequence low-power
In isolated or compensated systems, current transformer
an occurred earth fault can be easily

9
found by means of sensitive directio- Busbar
nal earth-fault detection.

52

I>> I>t
Visio-LSA4841a-us.pdf

50 51

IN>t dir.

1) 67Ns

Load
10
Fig. 7/10 Protection concept for directional earth-fault detection

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/13

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application examples

Small and medium-sized

motors < 1MW
1 Applicable, with effective and low-

Visio-LSA4869a-en.pdf
resistance infeed (IE ≥ IN, Motor), to 52
low-voltage motors and high-voltage I>, I>>,
I2>
I>>> IN>t > IStart²t
motors with low-resistance infeed 50 51N 49 48 46
(IE ≥ IN, Motor).
2 M

Fig. 7/11 Protection concept for small motors

High-resistance infeed
1) The sensitive current

3 (IE ≤ IN, Motor) measurement of the

earth current should
be made by a zero-
sequence low-power 52 46-
current transformer 1

Visio-LSA4870_-us.pdf
I>> > IStart²t PU I<
2) The sensitive directional 50 49 48 46 37

4 earth-fault detection
(ANSI 67Ns) is only
applicable with the
IN>t 2)
1) 51N 67Ns
infeed from an isolated
system or a system
earthed via Petersen coil.
M
5 Fig. 7/12 Protection concept for medium motors

Generators < 500 kW

Busbar
If a core balance current transformer Medium-voltage

6 for sensitive ground-fault protection is

available, 7SK80 should be used with 52
sensitive ground-current input.
Visio-LSA4871a-us.pdf

G
I>t 46-1

7
IN>t PU
51/51N 46 49

8 Fig. 7/13 Protection concept for smallest generators with solidly earthed neutral

Busbar
Medium-voltage
9 52
Visio-LSA4872a-us.pdf

G1
I>t 46-1
IN>t PU
Generator 51/51N 46 49
2

VNom

10
RN =
* 3 · (0.5 to 1) · INom

Fig. 7/14 Protection concept for smallest generators with low-resistance neutral earthing

7/14 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application examples

Generators up to 1MW
Two voltage transformers in V
circuit are enough.
Busbar
1
52

81
f>< 2
G

I>t 46-1 PU P> V>

Visio-LSA4873a-us.pdf
51 49 46 32 59

IN>t
51N 3

Fig. 7/15 Protection concept for small generators 4

Infeed

Busbar protection by overcurrent Reverse interlocking

relays with reverse interlocking
Applicable to distribution busbars I>>t0
5
without substantial (< 0.25 x IN) 50/50N 51/51N
backfeed from the outgoing feeders.

52
t0 = 50 ms

Busbar 6
52 52 52

I>, I>>, I>, I>>, I>, I>>,

Visio-LSA4842a-us.pdf
I>>>
50/50N
I>t
51/51N
I>>>
50/50N 51/51N
I>t I>>>
50/50N
I>t
51/51N
7

Fig. 7/16 Busbar protection with reverse interlocking

8
Line feeder with load shedding
In unstable power systems (e.g. soli-
tary systems, emergency power sup-
9
ply in hospitals), it may be necessary
Busbar
to isolate selected consumers from
the power system in order to protect
the overall system. The overcurrent- V< f<
52
time protection functions are effective 27 81U

only in the case of a short-circuit.

Overloading of the generator can be I>, I>>, IN>,
I>>> IN>> I>, Ip INTOC
measured as a frequency or voltage
Visio-LSA4876a-us.pdf

10
50 50N 51 51N
drop.
> I2> Final trip
49 46 86

Fig. 7/17 Line feeder with load shedding

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/15

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Application examples

Motor protection
Busbar
For short-circuit protection, the stages
1 I>> and IE>> are available, for example.
Rotation V< V> V0>
Sudden load variations in running ope- 52 47 27 59 59N
ration are acquired by the Iload> func-
tion. For isolated systems, the sensitive
I>, I>>,
earth-fault detection (IEE>>, V0>) can
2
I>>> S> 46-1 PU I< ILoad>
be used. The stator is protected against 50 49 46 37 51M

thermal overload by υs, the rotor by 14 Blocked rotor

I2>, start-time supervision and restart
49 Motor starting protection
inhibit. A locked rotor is detected via

Visio-LSA220ba-us.pdf
a binary input, and shut down as fast 86 Motor restart inhibit

as required. The restart inhibit can be IN> IN>>

3 deactivated by an “emergency start”.

The undervoltage function prevents a
51N or 67N

Tachometer M
start when the voltage is too low; the
overvoltage function prevents insu-
lation damages. Fig. 7/18 Typical protection concept for an asynchronous high-voltage motor
4

10

7/16 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Selection and ordering data

Product description Order No. Short code

12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
7SK81 3- - 3 +
1
Measuring inputs, binary inputs and outputs
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover), 1 live status contact
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 live status contact
2 2
3
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 7 BI, 8 BO (2 Changeover), 1 live status contact 4 see next
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 live status contact, 5 RTD inputs 5 page
Housing 1/6 19"; 4 x I, 3 x V, 3 BI, 5 BO (2 Changeover), 1 live status contact, 5 RTD inputs 6

Low Power Measuring Inputs 3

3
Auxiliary voltage
DC 24 V / 48 V 1
DC 60 V / 110 V / 125 V / 220 V / 250 V, AC 115 V, AC 230 V 5
4
Construction
Flush mounting housing, screw-type terminal E

Region-specific default- and language settings

Region DE, IEC, language German (language changeable)
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language English (language changeable)
A
B
5

Port B (at bottom of device)

No port
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232
0 6
1
IEC 60870-5-103 DIGSI 4/modem or RTD-box, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 DIGSI 4/modem or RTD-box, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0 B 7
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector
IEC 60870-5-103, redundant, electrical RS485, RJ45 connector
9
9
L 0 H
L 0 P 8
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 0 S

Port A (at bottom of device, in front)

No port 0 9
With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, RTD-box, not IEC 61850), RJ45 connector 6

Measuring / fault recording

With fault recording, average values, min/max values 3

10

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/17

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Product description Order No. Order No.Short code

12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314
1415
1516
16 17 18 19

1 7SK81 3- -3 +

2)
Motor protection device H D 0

2 50/51
Basic functionality
Overcurrent protection, phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
50N/51N Overcurrent protection, ground IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
50N(s)/51N(s)1) Sensitive ground fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
49 Thermal overload protection
74TC Trip-circuit supervision, TCS
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection,CBFP
46 Unbalanced-load protection
3 86
48
Lockout
Start-time supervision
37 Undercurrent monitoring
66/86 Restart inhibit
14 Locked rotor protection
51M Load jam protection
4 Motor statistics
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker
Flexible protection functions (current parameters)
Inrush restraint

5 Basic functionality + Directional sensitive ground fault,

H E 0 3)

voltage and frequency protection

67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground-faults, IE>, IE>>, IEp
67N(s)1) Senitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral, IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp
59N Overvoltage protection

6 27/59
81 U/O
Under-/overvoltage protection V<, V>
Under-/overfrequency protection f<, f>
47 Phase rotation
32/55/81R Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters)
Protection function for voltage, power, power factor, frequency change

10
1) Depending on the connected low-power current transformer the function will be either sensitive (IEE)
or non-sensitive (IE).
2) Only if position 6 = 1, 2 or 5
3) Only if position 6 = 3, 4 or 6

7/18 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C11
C9
F2 IB C10
BO2 C14
F3 IC C13
C12 2
F4 IN, INS
BO3 E1
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3

C3 BI1
C4 4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3 Life Contact E 10
C8 E8
E7 5
= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
6
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
Visio-Figure-14-us.pdf

Grounding on the case 8

250 V

Fig. 7/19 Motor protection 7SK811

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/19

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
C9
F2 IB C10
BO2 C1 4
2 F3 IC C13
C12
F4 IN, INS
BO3 E1
E2
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3
4 C4
BI1
BO8
D12
D13
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
5 D1 BI4
E8
E7

D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2

6 D5
D6
BI6
Port B
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
7 A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
Visio-Figure-15-us.pdf

8 Grounding on the case

250 V

Fig. 7/20 Motor protection 7SK812

10

7/20 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
VA-N C9
C10
F2 IB
BO2 C1 4

F3
VB-N
IC
C13
C12
2
VC-N
BO3 E1
F4 IN, INS
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3

C3
C4
BI1
4
C5 BI2
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
E8
E7 5
= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
6
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
A
7
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
Visio-Figure-16-us.pdf

Grounding on the case 8

250 V

Fig. 7/21 Motor protection 7SK813

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/21

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
VA-N C9
C10
F2 IB
BO2 C1 4
2 F3
VB-N
IC
C13
C12
VC-N
BO3 E1
F4 IN, INS
E2
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6
BO6 D9
D10
BO7 D11
C3
4 C4
BI1
BO8
D12
D13
C5 BI2 D14
C6
C7 BI3
C8 Life Contact E10
5 D1 BI4
E8
E7
D2
= + C1
D3 BI5 Power Supply (~)
D4 =
- C2

6 D5
D6
BI6
Port B
D7 B
BI7 e.g. System interface
D8
Port A
7 A
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

Ethernet interface
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
Visio-Figure-17-us.pdf

8 Grounding on the case

250 V

Fig. 7/22 Motor protection 7SK814

10

7/22 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
C9
F2 IB C10
BO2 C1 4
F3 IC C13
C12
2
F4 IN, INS
BO3 E1
E2
BO4 E3
E4
BO5 E5
E6
3

C3 BI1 Life Contact E10

C4
E8
E7 4
C5 BI2
C6 = +
(~) C1
C7 Power Supply
BI3
=
- C2
C8
5
Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
(+) D1
RTD1
Ethernet interface
A
6
(-) D2
D5 COMP12 Interference Suppression Capacitors at the
USB-DIGSI-Interface
(+) D3 Relay Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
RTD2
(-) D4

(+) D7 Grounding on the case 7

RTD3
(-) D8
D6 COMP34
(+) D9
RTD4
(-) D10
8
Visio-kl-7SK815-Fig 18-us.pdf

(+) D11
RTD5
(-) D12
D13 COMP5

D14 *)
9
Fig. 7/23 Motor protection 7SK815

*) The shielding of the connecting cable is connected directly to the

shield cap.

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/23

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection diagrams

1
F1 IA BO1 C1 1
VA-N C9
C10
F2 IB
BO2 C1 4
2 F3
VB-N
IC
C13
C12
VC-N
BO3 E1
F4 IN, INS
E2
BO4 E3
E4

3 BO5 E5
E6

C3 BI1 Life Contact E10

4 C4
E8
E7
C5 BI2
C6 = +
(~) C1
C7 Power Supply
BI3
=
- C2
C8
5
Port B
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
6 (+) D1
RTD1
Ethernet interface
A

(-) D2
D5 COMP12 Interference Suppression Capacitors at the
USB-DIGSI-Interface
(+) D3
Relay Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V
RTD2
(-) D4
7 (+) D7 Grounding on the case
RTD3
(-) D8
D6 COMP34
(+) D9
RTD4
8 (-) D10
Visio-kl-7SK816-Fig 19-us.pdf

(+) D11
RTD5
(-) D12
D13 COMP5

9 D14 *)

Fig. 7/24 Motor protection 7SK816

*) The shielding of the connecting cable is connected directly to the

shield cap.

10

7/24 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection examples

Standard connection capabilities

52 52 52 Flush Mounting Housing 1

F1
IA

F2
IB
2
F3
IC

Visio-Figure-20-M-us.pdf
* * * F4
IN

A B C SIPROTEC
3

M
4
Fig. 7/25 Connection to 3 low-power CTs, normal circuit layout,
appropriate for all networks

5
52 52 52 Flush Mounting Housing

F1
IA 6
F2
IB
F3
IC
7

Visio-Figure-21-us.pdf
F4
* * * IN

SIPROTEC
A B C

8
*
9
Fig. 7/26 Connection to 3 low-power CTs - additional low-power CT
for sensitive ground fault detection INS - only for isolated or
compensated networks

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/25

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection examples

Standard connection capabilities

1 52 52 52

LPCT/LPVT Flush Mounting Housing

R1 1) R2
F1

*
2 VA-N
IA
*

LPCT/LPVT

3 R1 R2
1)
F2

*
VB-N
IB
*

Visio-Figure-22-us.pdf
LPCT/LPVT
R1 1) R2
F3

*
VC-N

5 *
IC

F4
A B C IN
6
SIPROTEC

*
LPCT
7
1) R1 and R2 represent the primary voltage divider.

Important! Cable Shield Grounding must be done on the Cable Side!

8 Fig. 7/27 Connection for combined low-power current and voltage

transformers in phase L1, L2 and L3

10

7/26 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81
for Low-Power CT and VT Applications - Connection examples

Standard connection capabilities

52 52 52

R1 1) R2
LPVT Flush Mounting
Housing
1
RJ45 Y-Cable

*
F1 VA-N
IA

R1 1) R2
LPVT
2
RJ45 Y-Cable

*
F2 VB-N
IB

LPVT
R1 1) R2 RJ45 Y-Cable
3

*
F3 VC-N
IC

* * *

Visio-Figure-23-us.pdf
LPCT LPCT LPCT
F4
IN 4
A B C

SIPROTEC

LPCT
* 5
1) R1 and R2 represent the primary voltage divider.

Important! Cable Shield Grounding must be done on the Cable Side!

Fig. 7/28 Connection to low-power transformers for 3 phase currents, sensitive

6
ground current INS and 3 phase-to-ground voltages.
The LPCT and the LPVT are connected to 7SK81 through a Y-cable
(refer to Fig. 7/29)

To 7SJ81/7SK81 7
RJ45 plug
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8
1)
1)

9
1)
1)
Visio-Y-cable_us.pdf

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
RJ45 socket RJ45 socket

From low-power VT From low-power CT 10

(Voltage divider)

1) The connections 5, 6, 7 and 8 are optional, but not mandatory.

Fig. 7/29 Y-cable for a connection of LPCT and LPVT with 7SK81

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 7/27

 Generator and Motor Protection 7SK81

10

7/28 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
SIPROTEC Compact
 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80

Page
1
Description 8/3

Function overview 8/4

2 Applications 8/5

Application sheets 8/6

Application examples 8/8

Selection and ordering data 8/10

3 Connection diagrams 8/12

Connection examples 8/14

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

8/2 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Description

Description
The SIPROTEC Compact 7RW80 is a numerical, multi-function
relay for connection to voltage transformers. It can be used 1
in distribution systems, on transformers and for electrical
machines. If the SIPROTEC Compact 7RW80 detects any
deviation from the permitted voltage, frequency or overex-
citation values, it will respond according to the values set.
The relay can also be applied for the purposes of system 2
decoupling and for load shedding if ever there is a risk of a
system collapse as a result of inadmissibly large frequency
drops. An integrated load restoration function allows the
re-establishment of the power system after recovery of the

LSP3.01-0028.eps
system frequency.
The SIPROTEC Compact 7RW80 features “flexible protection
functions”. Up to 20 additional protection functions can be
3
created by the user. For example, a rate of change of fre-
quency function or a reverse power function can be created.
The relay provides circuit-breaker control, additional primary
switching devices (grounding switches, transfer switches 4
and isolating switches) can also be controlled from the relay.
Automation or PLC logic functionality is also implemented in
the relay.
The integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows the user
to add own functions, e.g. for the automation of switch-
Fig. 8/1 7RW80 front view
5
gear (including: interlocking, transfer and load shedding
schemes). The user is also allowed to generate user-defined
messages. The communication module is independent from
the protection. It can easily be exchanged or upgraded to
future communication protocols. 6
Highlights
• Pluggable current and voltage terminals
• Binary input thresholds settable using DIGSI (3 stages) 7
• 9 programmable function keys
• 6-line display
• Buffer battery exchangeable from the front
LSP3.01-0029.eps

• USB front port 8

• 2 additional communication ports
• Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical
Ethernet rings
• Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for
highest availability
9
• Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with
IEC 61850 GOOSE
• Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through
Fig.8/2 7RW80 rear view
Ethernet with SNTP.

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 8/3

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI

Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
1 Rate-of-voltage-change protection V E, V 0> 59N 1)
Overfrequency/underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/U
Load restoration 81LR
Jump of voltage vector Δϕ>
2 Overexcitation protection V/f 24
Phase-sequence-voltage supervision V2>, phase sequence 47
Synchrocheck 25
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df / dt 81R
Rate-of-voltage-change protection dV / dt 27R/59R
3 Trip circuit supervision AKU 74TC
Lockout 86

Table 8/1 Function overview

4 Control functions/programmable logic Communication interfaces

• Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect switches • System/service interface
(isolators/isolating switches) – IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2
– IEC 60870-5-103
5 • Control through keyboard, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or
SCADA system – PROFIBUS-DP
– DNP 3.0
• User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking).
– MODBUS RTU
Monitoring functions – Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR

6 • Operational measured values V, f

• Ethernet interface for DIGSI 4
• USB front interface for DIGSI 4.
• Minimum and maximum values
• Trip circuit supervision Hardware
• Fuse failure monitor • 3 voltage transformers
7 • 8 oscillographic fault records. • 3/7 binary inputs (thresholds configurable using software)
• 5/8 binary outputs (2 changeover)
• 1 live-status contact
• Pluggable terminal blocks.
8

10

1) Not available if function package “Q” or “E” (synchrocheck) is selected.

8/4 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Applications

The SIPROTEC Compact 7RW80 unit is a numerical protection Line protection

relay that can perform control and monitoring functions and
therefore provide the user with a cost-effective platform for
For the enhancement of the feeder protection the 7RW80
provides several stages for voltage and frequency protection. 1
power system management, that ensures reliable supply of
electrical power to the customers. The ergonomic design Generator and transformer protection
makes control easy from the relay front panel. A large, easy-
to-read display was a key design factor. Through implemented voltage, frequency and overexcitation

Control
protection the 7RW80 can be used for generators and trans-
formers in case of defective voltage or frequency control, full
2
load rejection or operation in islanding generation systems.
The integrated control function permits control of disconnect
devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through System decoupling and load shedding
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the
control or automation system (e.g. SICAM) For system decoupling and load shedding the 7RW80

Programmable logic
provides voltage, frequency, rate-of-frequency-change and
rate-of-voltage-change protection. 3
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to Load restoration
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter-
locking) or switching sequence. The user can also generate For power system recovery, frequency protection and load
user-defined messages. This functionality can form the base restoration are available in 7RW80. 4
to create extremely flexible transfer schemes.
Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
Operational measured value All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
Extensive measured values (e.g. I, V), metered values of high / medium-voltage applications. In general, no separa-
(e.g.Wp,Wq) and limit values (e.g. for voltage, frequency) te measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequen-
cy, …) or additional control components are necessary.
5
provide improved system management.

Operational indication
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents are
stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with all the
6
key data required to operate modern substations.

Busbar
8
Local/remote control CFC logic Operational measured values
52 25 Synchrocheck
Commands/Feedbacks
Limits
74TC Trip circuit supervision AND

9
Mean value
V/f
V/f dV/dt df/dt
86 Lock out min/max-memory
27R
24 81R
59R
Operation Communication module
Metered energy: as counting pulses f<, f> V> V<
81U/O 59 27
RS232/485/FO/ Fault recording
Esc Enter
Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-103 ˂˳! LR
7 8 9
4 5 6 IEC 61850
Vector jump Load Restoration
Visio-SIP-0001-us.pdf

1
Fn 0
2 3
.
PROFIBUS-DP
DNP 3.0 47 Phase sequence
MODBUS RTU

59N VN>
1) 10
1) Not available if function package “Q” (synchrocheck) is selected.

Fig. 8/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 8/5

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Application sheets

Protection functions Overexcitation protection (ANSI 24)

The overexcitation protection serves for detection of an un-
1 Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
permissible high induction (proportional to V/f) in generators
The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec- or transformers, which leads to thermal overloading. This
tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric may occur when starting up, shutting down under full load,
machines). Applications include the isolation of generators with weak systems or under isolated operation. The inverse
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating characteristic can be set via eight points derived from the
2 conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating manufacturer data. In addition, a definite-time alarm stage
conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with the and an instantaneous stage can be used. For calculation of
positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is ac- the V/f ratio, frequency and also the highest of the three
tive over a wide frequency range of 25 to 70 Hz. The func- line-to-line voltages are used. The frequency range that can
tion can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to- be monitored comprises 25 to 70 Hz.
ground or positive phase-sequence voltage. Three-phase
Jump of voltage vector
3 and single-phase connections are possible. In addition a user
definable curve with up to 20 value pairs is available. Monitoring the phase angle in the voltage is a criterion for
identifying an interrupted infeed. If the incoming line should
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
fail, the abrupt current discontinuity leads to a phase angle
The two-element overvoltage protection detects unwanted jump in the voltage. This is measured by means of a delta
4 network and machine overvoltage conditions. The function
can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground,
process. The command for opening the generator or coupler
circuit-breaker will be issued if the set threshold is exceeded.
positive phase-sequence or negative phase-sequence volta-
ge. Three-phase and single-phase connections are possible. Flexible protection functions
In addition, a user definable curve with up to 20 value pairs The 7RW80 enables the user to easily add up to 20 additional
5 is available. protection functions. Parameter definitions are used to link
standard protection logic with any chosen characteristic
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
quantity (measured or calculated quantity). The standard
Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and un- logic consists of the usual protection elements such as the
derfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts of the pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP command,
6 system are protected from unwanted frequency deviations. a block function, etc.
Unwanted frequency changes in the network can be detected
and the load can be removed at a specified frequency
setting. Frequency protection can be used over a wide
frequency range of 25 to 70 Hz. There are four elements
7 (individually set as overfrequency, underfrequency or OFF)
and each element can be delayed separately. Blocking of the
frequency protection can be performed by activating
a binary input or by using an undervoltage element.

8 Load restoration
The load restoration function provides an automatic recon-
nection of power system parts when the system frequency SIP-0002.en.EPS

has recovered after load shedding. Four load restoration dV/dt

stages are available. They can be switched on and off sepa- SIP-0002.en.ai

9 rately. If the frequency conditions allow the assumption of

Fig. 8/4 Flexible protection functions
sufficient generation resources, the load restoration function
will consecutively reconnect small load parts at specified The mode of operation for voltage quantities can be three-
time intervals. phase or single-phase. Almost all quantities can be operated
with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g. under and
overvoltage). All stages operate with protection priority or
speed.

10

8/6 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Application sheets

Protection functions/stages available are based on the Further functions

available measured analog quantities:
Function ANSI
Measured values
1
V<, V>, VE> 27, 59, 59N The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired voltages
3V0>, V1> <, V2> < 59N, 47 along with the frequency. The following functions are
available for measured value processing:
f>< 81O, 81U
• Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1
df / dt > <
dV / dt
81R
27R/59R
• Symmetrical components V1, V2, V0
2
• Frequency
Table 8/2 Available flexible protection functions
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum voltage values
For example, the following can be implemented: • Operating hours counter
• Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R) • Limit value monitoring
• Rate-of-voltage-change protection (ANSI 27R/59R). Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic 3
in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value
Synchrocheck, synchronizing function (ANSI 25) indication
When closing a circuit-breaker, the units can check whether • Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value
two separate networks are synchronized. Voltage-, frequen-
cy- and phase-angle-differences are checked to determine is set to zero to suppress interference. 4
whether synchronous conditions exist.
Commissioning
Lockout (ANSI 86) Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset
key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is also
DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu-
ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu-
5
stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure can ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers,
only occur after the lockout state is reset. disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
One or two binary inputs can be used for monitoring the
represented as wide-ranging operational measured values.
To prevent transmission of information to the control center
6
during maintenance, the communications can be disabled
circuit-breaker trip coil including its incoming cables. An alarm
to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
signal is generated whenever the circuit is interrupted.
commissioning, all indications with test tag for test purposes
Customized functions can be connected to a control and protection system.
7
Additional functions can be implemented using CFC or Test operation
flexible protection functions.
During commissioning, all indications with test tag can be
passed to a control system for test purposes.
8

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 8/7

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Application examples

Line feeder with load shedding

In unstable power systems (e.g. soli- Overexcitation protection
1 tary systems, emergency power sup- 52
V>
V>> V/f=f(t)
ply in hospitals), it may be necessary 59 24
to isolate selected consumers from 7RW80
the power system in order to protect
the overall system. V< V>

2 The overcurrent protection functions

f<>
81
V<<
27
V>>
59

are effective only in the case of a 7RW80

short-circuit.
Overloading of the generator can be Network coupling 52
measured as a frequency or voltage
drop. 52 52 52
3 ˂˳!
V< V> V< V>

SIP-0015a-en.pdf
f<> V<< V>> LR f<> V<< V>>
Vector jump 81 27 59 Load Restoration 81 27 59

7RW80 7RW80 M

4 Network decoupling Load shedding

Fig. 8/5 Application example 7RW80

5
50
Load shedding with rate-of-
Hz
frequency-change protection
f
From the measured frequency, the
6 frequency difference is determined fm
t
over a time interval. It corresponds to
the momentary frequency change. 49
fa
It is thus possible to quickly detect any
7 major load drops in the power system,
to disconnect certain consumers
fb

SIP-0016.de.ai
from the system, and to restore the fc
system to stability. Unlike frequency
protection, rate-of-frequency-change- 48
0 1 2 3 4 5
8 protection already reacts before the
pickup threshold of the frequency Fig. 8/6 Load shedding
t

protection is reached.
The pickup value depends on the ap-
plication, and follows the conditions
9 of the power system. The rate-of-
frequency-change protection function
can also be used for the purposes of
system decoupling.

10

8/8 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Application examples

Synchrocheck
Where two system sections are inter-
connected, the synchrocheck determi- Busbar 1
nes whether the connection is permis-
sible without danger to the stability V2
of the power system. In the example, Closing Signal
load is supplied from a generator 52
to a busbar through a transformer. 1 2
The vector group of the transformer
can be considered by means of a
programmable angle adjustment, so
that no external adjustment elements Local/remote
are necessary. Synchrocheck can be Transformer control
V1 1)
used for auto-reclosure, as well as for 2
25 SYN 3

SIP C-0022-en.pdf
control functions (local or remote). 2)
81 AR
Infeed G

1) Synchrocheck
Fig. 8/7 Measurement of busbar and feeder voltage 2) Auto reclosure 4
for synchronization

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 8/9

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Selection and ordering data

Product description Order No. Short code

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 7RW80 0- - +

Voltage and frequency relay

Housing, binary inputs and outputs

Housing 1/6 19", 3x V, 3 BI, 5 BO 1) , 1 live status contact 1
2 Housing 1/6 19", 3x V, 7 BI, 8 BO 1) , 1 live status contact 2

Rated auxiliary voltage

see
DC 24 V/48 V 1 next
DC 60 V/110 V/125 V/220 V/250 V, AC 115 V, AC 230 V 5 page

Unit version
3 Surface mounting housing, screw-type terminal B
Flush mounting housing, screw-type terminal E

Region-specific default- and language settings

Region DE, IEC, language German 2), standard front A
4 Region World, IEC/ANSI, language English 2), standard front
Region US, ANSI, language US-English 2), US front
B
C
Region FR, IEC/ANSI, language French 2), standard front D
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Spanish 2), standard front E
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language Italian 2), standard front F
5 Region RUS, IEC/ANSI, language Russian 2), standard front G
Region CHN, IEC/ANSI, language Chinese 3), Chinese front K

Port B (at bottom of device, rear)

No port 0
6 IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI 4/modem, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring, ST connector
7 MODBUS, electrical RS485
9
9
L 0 B
L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 H

8 IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector

IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector
9
9
L 0 R
L 0 S

Port A (at bottom of device, front)

No port 0

9 With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, not IEC 61850), RJ45 connector 6

Measuring / fault recording

With fault recording, average values, min/max values 1

10
1) 2 changeover/Form C.
2) Language selectable
3) Language not changeable

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

8/10 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Product description Order No. Bestell-Nr.

Short code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
7RW80 0- - D +0
1
Voltage and frequency protection A
27/59 Under/Overvoltage
64/59N
81U/O
Displacement voltage
Under/Overfrequency
2
47 Phase rotation
74TC Trip circuit supervision
86 Lockout
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker
27R/59R/81R Flexible protection functions (voltage parameters): Rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change

B
3
Voltage, frequency protection and load restoration
27/59 Under/Overvoltage
64/59N Displacement voltage
81U/O Under/Overfrequency

47
Load restoration
Phase rotation
4
74TC Trip circuit supervision
86 Lockout
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions

27R/59R/81R
Control of circuit-breaker
Flexible protection functions (voltage parameters): Rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change 5
Voltage, frequency protection and synchrocheck C

27/59 Under/Overvoltage
81U/O Under/Overfrequency
25
47
Synchrocheck
Phase rotation 6
74TC Trip circuit supervision
86 Lockout
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions

27R/59R/81R
Control of circuit-breaker
Flexible protection functions (voltage parameters): Rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change 7
D
Voltage, frequency, overexcitation protection and vector jump
27/59 Under/Overvoltage
64/59N Displacement voltage
81U/O
24
Under/Overfrequency
Overexcitation 8
Vector jump
47 Phase rotation
74TC Trip circuit supervision
86 Lockout
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker
9
27R/59R/81R Flexible protection functions (voltage parameters): Rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change

Voltage, frequency, overexcitation protection and vector jump, load restoration and synchrocheck E

27/59 Under/Overvoltage
81U/O Under/Overfrequency
24 Overexcitation
Vector jump
Load restoration
25 Synchrocheck
47
74TC
Phase rotation
Trip circuit supervision 10
86 Lockout
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit-breaker
27R/59R/81R Flexible protection functions (voltage parameters): Rate-of-frequency change, rate-of-voltage change

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 8/11

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Connection diagrams

1
E9 Q2 VA, VAB, Vph-n BO1 C1 1
C9
E11 VB, VBC C10
E12
BO2 C1 4
2 E13
E14
VC, VN, Vsyn, VX C13
C12

C3 BI1 BO3 E1
C4 E2
C5 BI2 BO4 E3
C6 E4

3 C7
C8
BI3 BO5 E5
E6

Life Contact E10

E8
E7
4 = + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

5 Port B
e.g. System interface
B

Port A

Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,

A

Interference Suppression
Ethernet interface

Capacitors at the Relay

6 USB-DIGSI-Interface
8_8_SIP-0011us.pdf

250 V
7 Grounding on the case

Fig. 8/8 Voltage and frequency protection 7RW801

10

8/12 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Connection diagrams

1
E9 Q2 VA, VAB, Vph-n BO1 C1 1
C9
E11 VB, VBC C10
E12
BO2 C1 4
E13
E14
VC, VN, Vsyn, VX C13
C12 2
C3 BI1 BO3 E1
C4 E2
C5 BI2 BO4 E3
C6 E4
C7
C8
BI3 BO5 E5
E6 3
BO6 D9
D1 BI4 D10
D2
BO7 D11
D3 BI5
D4
D5
BO8
D12
D13 4
BI6 D14
D6
D7 BI7
D8 Life Contact E10
E8
E7 5
= + C1
Power Supply (~)
=
- C2

Port B
6
B
e.g. System interface

Port A
A
Ethernet interface
Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF,
7
Interference Suppression
Capacitors at the Relay

USB-DIGSI-Interface
8_9_SIP-0012us.pdf

Grounding on the case 8

250 V

Fig. 8/9 Voltage and frequency protection 7RW802

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 8/13

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Connection examples

Standard connection
A

1
B
C
Surface-/Flush Mounting
Housing
52 52 52

E9 VA

2 A B
E11 VB

E12

8_10_SIP-0006us.pdf
a b VC
E13
E14

SIPROTEC
A B C

3 Fig. 8/10 Example for connection type "VAN, VBN, VCN" load-side voltage connection

A
B
C
4 A

B
da

dn

5
a

52 52 52 b

Surface-/Flush Mounting Housing

8_11_SIP-0007us.pdf
VA-B
6 E9

E11 VC-B E12

E14 VN E13

A B C SIPROTEC

7 Fig. 8/11 Voltage transformer connections to two voltage transformers

(phase-to-phase voltages) and broken data winding (da-dn)

A
Connection Vx B
8 C
Surface-/Flush Mounting
Housing
52 52 52

E9 VA-B

9
A B
E12

E11 VC-B
5_12_SIP-0008us.pdf

a b Vx
E13
E14

SIPROTEC

10 A B
a b

A B C

Fig. 8/12 Example for connection type "VAB, VBC, Vx"

8/14 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80
Connection examples

Connection for synchrocheck

A
B

A B
C 1
Surface-/Flush Mounting
a b Housing
52 52 52
VA-B
E9
A B
E12 2
VC-B
E11

8_13_SIP-0010us.pdf
a b VSyn
E14
E13

SIPROTEC
A B C
3
Fig. 8/13 Example for connection type “VAB, VBC, VSYN”

A
B 4
C
A

52 52 52 B
Surface-/Flush Mounting
b Housing 5
a E9 VPh-N
A B

a b E12
V-Transformer2
6

8_14_SIP-0009us.pdf
E11
VSyn
E13
E14

A B C SIPROTEC

Fig. 8/14 Example for connection type "Vph-n, Vsyn".

The connection can be established at any one of the three phases.
7
The phase must be the same for Vph-n and Vsyn.

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 8/15

 Voltage and Frequency Protection 7RW80

10

8/16 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
SIPROTEC Compact
 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80

Page
1
Description 9/3

Function overview 9/4

2 Applications 9/5

Construction and hardware 9/6

Function description 9/7

Application examples 9/10

3 Selection and ordering data 9/14

Connection diagrams 9/16

Connection examples 9/18

10
You will find a detailed overview of the technical data
(extract of the manual) under:
http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

9/2 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Description

Description
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 feeder automation controller can be
used for protection and automation of medium-voltage 1
distribution feeders with grounded or low-resistance
grounded neutral point.
The 7SC80 features “flexible protection functions”. 20
additional protection functions can be created by the user.
For example, a rate of change of frequency function or a 2
reverse power function can be created. The relay provides
circuit-breaker control. Additional primary switching devices
(grounding switches, transfer switches and isolating
switches) can also be controlled from the relay. Automation
or PLC logic functionality is also implemented in the relay.
The integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows the user to 3

SIP-COM-01.tif
add own functions, e.g. for the automation of switchgear
(including: interlocking, transfer and load shedding
schemes). The user is also allowed to generate user-defined
messages. The communication module is independent from
the protection. It can easily be exchanged or upgraded to 4
future communication protocols.

Highlights
• Support of feeder automation applications, e.g. fault isolation
and service restauration
Fig. 9/1 7SC80 front view
5
• Designed for harsh environment
• Extended temperature range –50 °C up to 85 °C
• Open for all different communication technologies, e.g.
radio, which are used for feeder automation 6
• Integrated GPS module is available for time
synchronisation
• Full remote access supported for firmware and parameter
updates and upgrades
• A web based HMI provides complete remote control of the 7
device
• 9 programmable function keys SIP-COM-02.tif
• 6-line display
• Low power consumption 8
• Parallel running communication protocols
• Fulfil security requirements
• Current Jump detector
• Extended CFC capabilities
• 24 km Single mode interface
9
• RTU version wo / protection features
• pluggable terminals
• Secondary current transformers values (1 A / 5 A9 settable Fig. 9/2 7SC80 side view
using DIGSI
• Buffer battery exchangeable from the side
• USB front port
• 2 additional communication ports
• 61850 with integrated redundancy (electrical or optical)
10
• Relay-to-relay communication through Ethernet with
IEC 61850 GOOSE
• Millisecond-accurate time synchronization through
Ethernet with SNTP.

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 9/3

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Function overview

Protection functions IEC ANSI No.

Definte / Instantaneous time-overcurrent protection I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>; Ip 50, 50N; 51, 51N
1 Directional time-overcurrent protection I>, Ip< (V,I) 67
Sensitive ground-fault protection IN>, < (V,I) 67N
Inrush restrained
Undervoltage/overvoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
2 Overfrequency/underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/U
Circuit-breaker failure protection 50BF
Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection I 2> 46
Phase-sequence-voltage supervision LA, LB, LC 47
Thermal overload protection ϑ> 49
3 Fault locator FL
Forward power supervision, reverse power protection P<>, Q<>, cos ϕ, df / dt 32, 55, 81R
Auto Reclose 79
Cold load pickup 51C
4 Displacement voltage 64 / 59N
Lockout 86
Trip-circuit supervision AKU 74TC
Synchrocheck 25
5 Table 9/1 Funktionsübersicht

Control functions / programmable logic Communication interfaces

• Commands for the ctrl. of CB, disconnect switches • Electrical and optical
6 (isolators/isolating switches)
• Control through keyboard, binary inputs,
(single-mode distance up to 24 km)
Ethernet communication module featuring
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system – IEC 61850
– IEC 61850 / DNP 3 TCP
• User-defined PLC logic with CFC (e.g. interlocking).
• USB front interface for DIGSI 4.
7 Monitoring functions
Hardware
• Operational measured values V, I, f
• 4 current transformers
• Energy metering values Wp, Wq
• 1/4 voltage transformers
• Minimum and maximum values
8 • Fuse failure monitor
• 12 binary inputs
• 8 binary outputs
• 8 oscillographic fault records.
• 1 live-status contact
• Pluggable terminals.

10

9/4 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Applications

The SIPROTEC feeder automation controller 7SC80 is a Line protection

numerical protection relay that can perform control and
monitoring functions and therefore provides the user with a
The 7SC80 units can also be used for line protection of
high and medium-voltage networks with grounded or 1
cost-effective platform for power system management, that
low-resistance point.
ensures reliable supply of electrical power to the customers.
Transformer protection
Control
The integrated control function permits control of discon-
The relay provides all the functions for backup protection for
transformer differential protection. The inrush suppression
2
nect devices, grounding switches or circuit-breakers through
effectively prevents unwanted trips that can be caused by
the integrated operator panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the
inrush currents. The high-impedance restricted ground-fault
systems control (e.g. SICAM)
protection detects short-circuits and insulation faults on the
Programmable logic transformer.

The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) allow the user to Backup protection 3
add own functions for automation of switchgear (e.g. inter-
As a backup protection the 7SJ80 devices are universally
locking) or switching sequence. The user can also generate
applicable.
user-defined messages.
Switchgear cubicles for high/medium voltage
Operational measured values
All units are designed specifically to meet the requirements
4
Extensive measured values, metered values and limit
of high / medium-voltage applications. In general, no
values provide improved system management as well as
separate measuring instruments (e.g., for current, voltage,
commissioning.
frequency, …) or additional control components are neces-
Operational indication sary. Typically the relay provides all required measurements,
thus negating the use of additional metering devices
5
Event logs, trip logs, fault records and statistics documents like amp, volt or frequency meters. No additional control
are stored in the relay to provide the user or operator with switches are required either. The relay provides 9 program-
all the key data required to operate modern substations. mable pushbuttons and select switches.
6

Local/remote control CFC logic Operational measured values Ux V< V>

7
Commands/Feedbacks
Limits 27 59

52 86 Lock out AND Mean value I, V, P, Q,

cos ਲ , f V, f, P
min/max-memory

Operation
Communication
module Metered energy: as counting pulses
Flexible protection functions
P<>, Q<> cos ਲ df/dt 8
32 55 81R
Ethernet
IEC 61850 f<, f> V> V<
DNP3 IP Fault recording Fault locator
81U/O 59 27

Time
Synchronization
Directional supplement 9
- GPS
21FL 47 Phase sequence
- SNTP
9_3_Visio-FuncDia-us_092012.pdf

50-1, 50N-1, 67N-1,

67-1, 67-2
50-2, I-TOC 50N-2, 67N-2
IN-TOC I-TOC
50-3 50N-3 IN-TOC
I2> U> BF
InRush 67 67N
50 51 50N 51N 46 49 50BF 51c
BLK

79 AR
10

Fig. 9/3 Function diagram

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 9/5

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Construction and hardware

Housing with many advantages

The 7SC80 has a complete other form factor than all other
1 SIPROTEC Compact relays. It is slightly bigger (approx.
295 x 310 x 70 mm) because it has to carry some more
external interfaces with regards to other compact relays. All
interfaces are at the left and right hand side of the relay. A
small print onto the enclosure next to the clamps describes
2 each port in detail. All clamps are pluggable and therefore
a pre-wiring and easy replacement in case of maintenance
is possible. A short circuit is integrated in the pluggable CT

SIP-COM-04.tif
SIP-COM-03.tif
clamp to avoid any risk of unclosed secondary CT circuits.
The first eight binary inputs and the second four binary
inputs have a common ground. The threshold is fixed for
3 24 V and higher. The secondary values of the CTs 1 A or 5 A
can be set via DIGSI.
Fig. 9/4 Prozessklemme Fig. 9/5 Stromklemme
The relay has a web-based HMI which provides 32 virtual
LEDs and 9 programmable pushbuttons to configure short-
cuts for menu or various applications (see Fig. 9/6).
4 The 7SC80 variants are always equipped with at least one
single voltage input Vx. This input can be used e.g. to detect
line voltage of a single phase.
An optional internal GPS module can be ordered to provide
5 high accuracy time synchronization to each relay and
provides the coordinates of the device to a controller.
The 7SC80 relays are always equipped with either an electri-
cal or an optical Ethernet module running with IEC 61850
and as an option with DNP IP simultaneously. The optical
6 module is available with single mode ports to bridge
distances up to 24 km, the well known integrated switch
functionality is of course included.

SIP-COM-05.tif
7 Current terminals – single cables

Cable cross-sections AWG 14-12 (2.6 mm2 to 3.3 mm2)

When using lugs AWG 14-10 (2.6 mm2 to 6.6 mm2)
Fig. 9/6 WebMonitor
Permissible tightening torque 2.7 Nm
Stripping length 10 mm to 11 mm (0.39 in to 0.43 in)
8 (for solid conductor) Only solid copper wires may be used.
Process terminal connections
Cable cross-sections AWG 26-12 (0.2 mm2 bis 2.5 mm2)
Permissible voltages 300 V

9 Permissible currents 5A
Only solid copper wires may be used.
Stripping length 7 mm (0.28 in)

Table 9/2 Wiring specifications for process connection

10

9/6 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Function description

Protection functions Directional time-overcurrent protection (ANSI 67, 67N)

Directional phase and ground protection are separate functions.
Overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
They operate in parallel to the non-directional overcurrent ele- 1
This function is based on the phase-selective measurement ments. Their pickup values and delay times can be set separately.
of the three phase currents and the ground current (four Definite-time and inverse-time characteristics are offered.
transformers). Three definite time-overcurrent protection The tripping characteristic can be rotated by ± 180 degrees.
elements (DMT) are available both for the phase and the By making use of the voltage memory, the directionality
ground elements. The current threshold and the delay can be determined reliably even for close-in (local) faults. 2
time can be set in a wide range. Inverse-time overcurrent If the primary switching device closes onto a fault and the
protection characteristics (IDMTL) can also be selected and voltage is too low to determine direction, the direction is
activated. determined using voltage from the memorized voltage. If no
voltages are stored in the memory, tripping will be accord-
Reset characteristics
ing to the set characteristic.
Time coordination with electromechanical relays are made
easy with the inclusion of the reset characteristics according
For ground protection, users can choose whether the 3
direction is to be calculated using the zero-sequence or
to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards. When
negative-sequence system quantities (selectable). If the
using the reset characteristic (disk emulation), the reset
zero-sequence voltage tends to be very low due to the zero-
process is initiated after the fault current has disappeared.
sequence impedance it will be better to use the negative-
This reset process corresponds to the reverse movement
of the Ferraris disk of an electromechanical relay (disk
sequence quantities. 4
emulation).

Inrush restraint
The relay features second harmonic restraint. If second
harmonic content is detected during the energization of a
5
transformer, the pickup of non-directional and directional
elements is blocked.

Dynamic setting change

6
The pickup thresholds and the trip times of the directional
and non-directional time-overcurrent protection functions
can be changed via binary inputs or by setable time control.

Directional comparison protection (cross-coupling) 7

It is used for selective instantaneous tripping of sections
fed from two sources, i.e. without the disadvantage of time Fig. 9/7 Directional characteristics of the directional time-overcurrent
delays of the set characteristic. The directional comparison protection
protection is suitable if the distances between the protec-
tion zones are not significant and pilot wires are available Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) 8
for signal transmission. In addition to the directional (Negative-sequence protection)
comparison protection, the directional coordinated time-
By measuring current on the high side of the transformer,
overcurrent protection is used for complete selective backup
the two-element phase-balance current/negative-sequence
protection.
protection detects high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and
phase-to-ground faults on the low side of a transformer. This
9
Available inverse-time characteristics
function provides backup protection for high-resistance faults
Characteristics IEC 60255-3 ANSI / IEEE through the transformer.
acc. to
Normal invers   Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
Short inverse  If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is not disconnected
Long inveres   when a trip command is issued to a circuit-breaker, another
Moderately inverse  trip command can be initiated using the breaker failure

Very inverse  
protection which trips the circuit-breaker of an upstream
feeder. Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip command is 10
Extremely inverse  
issued the current keeps on flowing into the faulted circuit.
Table 9/3 Available inverse-time characteristics It is also possible to make use of the circuit-breaker position
contacts for indication as opposed to the current flowing
through the circuit-breaker.

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 9/7

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Function description

Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) For example, the following can be implemented:

Multiple re-close cycles can be set by the user and lockout • Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R)
1 will occur if a fault is present after the last re-close cycle. • Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R).
The following functions are available:
Verriegeltes AUS/Lockout (ANSI 86)
• 3-pole ARC for all types of faults
• Separate settings for phase and ground faults Lockout (ANSI 86)
2 • Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure (RAR) and up to nine
delayed auto-reclosures (DAR)
All binary output statuses can be memorized. The LED reset
key is used to reset the lockout state. The lockout state is
• Initiation of the ARC is dependant on the trip command also stored in the event of supply voltage failure. Reclosure
selected (e.g. I2>, I>>, Ip, Idir >) can only occur after the lockout state is reset.
• The ARC function can be blocked by activating a binary input
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
• The ARC can be initiated from external or by the PLC logic (CFC)
3 • The directional and non-directional elements can either be To protect cables and transformers, an overload protection
blocked or operated non-delayed depending on the auto- function with an integrated warning/alarm element for
reclosure cycle temperature and current can be used. The temperature is
calculated using a thermal homogeneous body model (per
• If the ARC is not ready it is possible to perform a dynamic
IEC 60255-8), it considers the energy entering the equip-
4 setting change of the directional and non-directional
overcurrent elements.
ment and the energy losses. The calculated temperature is
constantly adjusted according to the calculated losses. The
Flexible protection functions function considers loading history and fl uctuations in load.

The 7SC80 enables the user to easily add up to 20 additional Settable dropout delay times
5 protection functions. Parameter definitions are used to link
standard protection logic with any chosen characteristic
If the relays are used in conjunction with electromechanical
relays, in networks with intermittent faults, the long dropout
quantity (measured or calculated quantity). The standard
times of the electromechanical relay (several hundred milli-
logic consists of the usual protection elements such as the
seconds) can lead to problems in terms of time coordination/
pickup set point, the set delay time, the TRIP command,
grading. Proper time coordination/grading is only possible if
6 a block function, etc. The mode of operation for current,
voltage, power and power factor quantities can be three-
the dropout or reset time is approximately the same. This is
why the parameter for dropout or reset times can be defined
phase or single-phase. Almost all quantities can be operated
for certain functions such as overcurrent protection, ground
with ascending or descending pickup stages (e.g. under and
short-circuit and phase-balance current protection.
over voltage). All stages operate with protection priority.
7 Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
Measured-value Parameter Standard protection logic
processing (simplified diagram)
The two-element overvoltage protection (possible per
9_8_Visio-flexProFunc-de.pdf

I measured
Current
V measured Time
Pickup phase)detects unwanted network and machine overvoltage
3I0, I1, I2
t
AUS- conditions. The function can operate either with phase-
3V0, V1, V2 Kommando

8 Voltage 34
FRV˳
Threshold

Function 1
to-phase, phase-to-ground, positive phase-sequence or
negative phase-sequence voltage.
f
Function 2
df/dt
Function 20
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
The two-element undervoltage protection provides protec-
9 Fig. 9/8 Flexible protection functions
tion against dangerous voltage drops (especially for electric
machines). Applications include the isolation of generators
or motors from the network to avoid undesired operating
Protection functions/stages available are based on the avail- conditions and a possible loss of stability. Proper operating
able measured analog quantities: conditions of electrical machines are best evaluated with
Function ANSI the positive-sequence quantities. The protection function is
active over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz).
I>, IE> 50, 50N
Even when falling below this frequency range the function
V<, V>, VE> 27, 59, 59N
continues to work, however, with decreased accuracy. The
3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2 / I1>, 3U0>, V1> <, V2 > < 50N, 46, 59N, 47 function can operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
10 P> <, Q> < 32 to-ground or positive phase-sequence voltage, and can be
cos ϕ 55 monitored with a current criterion. Three-phase and single-
phase connections are possible.
f>< 81O, 81U
df / dt > < 81R
Table 9/4 Available flexible protection functions

9/8 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Function description

Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U) Metered values

Frequency protection can be used for overfrequency and For internal metering, the unit can calculate an energy
underfrequency protection. Electric machines and parts metered value from the measured current and voltage 1
of the system are protected from unwanted frequency values. If an external meter with a metering pulse output is
deviations. Unwanted frequency changes in the network available, the 7SC80 can obtain and process metering pulses
can be detected and the load can be removed at a specified through an indication input. The metered values can be
frequency setting. Frequency protection can be used over displayed and passed on to a control center as an accumu-
a wide frequency range (40 to 60 (for 50 Hz), 50 to 70 (for lated value with reset. A distinction is made between 2
60 Hz). There are four elements (individually set as overfre- forward, reverse, active and reactive energy.
quency, underfrequency or OFF) and each element can be
delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency protection Commissioning
can be performed by activating a binary input or by using an Commissioning could not be easier and is supported by
undervoltage element. DIGSI 4. The status of the binary inputs can be read individu-
Fault locator (ANSI FL)
ally and the state of the binary outputs can be set individu-
ally. The operation of switching elements (circuit-breakers,
3
The integrated fault locator calculates the fault impedance disconnect devices) can be checked using the switching
and the distance to fault. The results are displayed in Ω, functions of the relay. The analog measured values are
kilometers (miles) and in percent of the line length. represented as wide-ranging operational measured values.

Customized functions (ANSI 51V, etc.)

To prevent transmission of information to the control center
during maintenance, the communications can be disabled
4
Additional functions, which are not time critical, can be to prevent unnecessary data from being transmitted. During
implemented using the CFC measured values. Typical commissioning, all indications with test tag for test purposes
functions include reverse power, voltage controlled overcur- can be connected to a control and protection system.
rent, phase angle detection, and zero-sequence voltage
Test operation
5
detection.
During commissioning, all indications can be passed to a
Further functions control system for test purposes.
Measured values
6
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current
and voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active
and reactive power. The following functions are available for
measured value processing:
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE 7
• Voltages U L1, U L2, U L3, U12, U23, U 31
• Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; U1, U2, 3U 0
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total and phase
selective) 8
• Power factor (cos ϕ), (total and phase selective)
• Frequency
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and reverse power fl ow
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and 9
voltage values
• Operating hours counter
• Limit value monitoring
Limit values can be monitored using programmable logic
in the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value
indication
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value
is set to zero to suppress interference. 10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 9/9

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Application examples

Radial systems
1) Auto-reclosure
General hints:
1 The relay at the far end (D) from the
(ANSI 79) only with
overhead lines Infeed
infeed has the shortest tripping 2) Unbalanced load
time. Relays further upstream have to protection (ANSI 46) Transformer protection
be time-graded against downstream as backup protection
against asymmetrical
relays in steps of about 0.3 s.
2 faults
A 52

Busbar

Further power supply B 52

I>t IN>t I2>t AR

3
51 51N 46 79
2) 1)

Busbar

C 52
*
4 I>t IN>t I2>t
51 51N 46

5 Load
Busbar

D 52
*

9_9_LSA4839-us.pdf
I>t IN>t I2>t

6 51 51N 46

Load Load

7 Fig. 9/9 Protection concept with overcurrent protection

10

9/10 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Application examples

Ring-main cable
With the directional comparison
protection, 100 % of the line can be Infeed Infeed
1
protected via instantaneous tripping 52
in case of infeed from two sources
(ring-main cable). 52 52

For lines with infeed from two sources,

no selectivity can be achieved with
I>t

51
IN>t

51N
ȣ>t

49
I2>t

46 Direct.Compar.Pickup
2
a simple definite time-overcurrent
protection. Therefore, the directional Overhead line Overhead line Protection as in
or cable 1 or cable 2 the case of line
definite time-overcurrent protection
I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t
or cable 1
must be used. A non-directional
67 67N 51 51N
definite time-overcurrent protection
is enough only in the corresponding
busbar feeders. The grading is done 52 52
3
from the other end respectively.
52
Advantage: 100% protection of the
line via instantaneous
tripping, and easy
52 52
4
setting.
67 67N 51 51N
Disadvantage: Tripping times increase Direct.Compar.Pickup
I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t
towards the infeed.
Overhead line Overhead line Protection as in
or cable 3
I>t IN>t dir. I>t IN>t
or cable 4 the case of line
or cable 3 5
67 67N 51 51N

52 52

52
6

9_10_LSA4841-us.pdf
52 52
I>t IN>t ȣ>t I2>t

Load
51 51N 49 46

Load
7
Fig. 9/10 Protection concept of ring power systems

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 9/11

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Application examples

Busbar protection by overcurrent

relays with reverse interlocking
1 Applicable to distribution busbars Infeed

without substantial (< 0.25 x IN) Reverse interlocking

backfeed from the outgoing feeders.
I>>t0

2 50/50N 51/51N

52
t0 = 50 ms

Busbar

52 52 52
3

9_11_LSA4842-us.pdf
I>> I>t I>> I>t I>> I>t
50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N

4
Fig. 9/11 Busbar protection via overcurrent relays with reverse interlocking

5
Line feeder with load shedding
In unstable power systems (e.g.
solitary systems, emergency power
6 supply in hospitals), it may be neces-
sary to isolate selected consumers
Busbar
from the power system in order to
protect the overall system.
f<
The overcurrent protection functions 52
V<

7 are effective only in the case of a

short-circuit.
27 81U

I>, I>>, IN>,

Overloading of the generator can be I>>> IN>> I>, Ip INTOC
9_12_LSA2216a-us.pdf

measured as a frequency or voltage 50 50N 51 51N

drop.
8 79M
>
49
I2>
46
Final trip
86

Fig. 9/12 Line feeder with load shedding

10

9/12 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Application examples

Automatic reclosing
The Automatic reclosing function (AR)
has starting and blocking options. In the
52
Stage can
be blocked
Stage get slower executes the
than the fuse or reclosing for
1
opposite example, the application of the
lower protection the hole feeder
blocking of the high-current stages is devices graduated
represented according to the reclosing
cycles. The overcurrent protection is ON

graded (stages I, Ip) according to the

52 52
TRIP 2
grading plan. If an Automatic reclosing I>, I>>, I>>> I>t, I>>t, Ip

9_13_LSA2219c-us.pdf
function is installed in the incoming 50 51
supply of a feeder, first of all the complete IN>t, IN>>t,
feeder is tripped instantaneously in case IN>> INTOC AR
50N 51N 79
of fault. Arc faults will be extinguished
independently of the fault location. Other
protection relays or fuses do not trip
3
(fuse saving scheme). After successful
Automatic reclosing, all consumers are
supplied with energy again. If there is 52 Fuse opens by
unsuccessful reclosing
a permanent fault, further reclosing
cycles will be performed. Depending on I>t, Ip
4
the setting of the AR, the instantaneous 67
Circuit-breaker opens
by unsuccessful reclosing
tripping stage in the infeed is blocked in
the first, second or third cycle, i.e., now
the grading is effective according to the
grading plan. Depending on the fault Fig. 9/13 Auto-reclosure 5
location, overcurrent relays with faster
grading, fuses, or the relay in the infeed
will trip. Only the part of the feeder with
the permanent fault will be shut down
definitively.
Infeed
A
Infeed
B
6
Reverse power protection with parallel
infeeds
If a busbar is supplied by two parallel 7
9_14_LSA4116-us.pdf
infeeds and there is a fault in one of the 52 52
infeeds, the affected busbar shall be 67 67N 32R 67 67N 32R
selectively shut down, so that supply
to the busbar is still possible through
the remaining infeed. To do this,
directional devices are required, which
52
8
52 52
detect a short circuit from the busbar
towards the infeed. In this context, the
directional time-overcurrent protection
is normally adjusted over the load
current. Low-current faults cannot be
Feeder Feeder 9
shut down by this protection. The reverse Fig. 9/14 Reverse power protection with parallel infeeds
power protection can be adjusted far
below rated power, and is thus also
able to detect reverse power in case of
low-current faults far below the load
current. The reverse power protection is
implemented through the “flexible protec-
tion functions”.
10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 9/13

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Selection and ordering data

Description Order No. Short code

12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1 7SC80 - -3 –

Feeder automation controller

2 Housing, binary inputs and outputs

Housing, 12 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 2

Specifi cation of CT and VT measurement inputs

3 x CT 10 V LPS, 1 x PT 120 V 4) 1
4 x I 1 A/5 A, 1 x PT 120 V 2
3 x CT 10 V LPS, 4 x PT 10 V / 120 V 4)
3 4 x I 1 A/5 A, 4 x PT 10 V / 120 V
3
4
3 x CT 1 A/5 A, 1 x CT I EE (sensitive) = 0.001 to 1.6 A/0,005 to 8 A, 1 x PT 120 V 4) 5
3 x CT 1 A/5 A, 1 x CT I EE (sensitive) = 0.001 to 1.6 A/0,005 to 8 A, 4 x PT 10 V / 120 V 4) 6

Rated auxiliary voltage

4 DC 60 V to 250 V; AV 115 V; AV 230 V 1
DC 24 V / 48 V 2

Unit version
Surface mounting housing A
5 Surface / Flush mounting housing with HMI 4) B
Surface mounting housing with detached HMI 4) C

Region-specifi c default and language settings

Region DE, IEC, language German A

6 Region World, IEC / ANSI, language English

Region US, ANSI, language US-English
B
C
Region World, IEC / ANSI, language Spanish (Language changeable) 4) E

System interface 9 L

7 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 con. 1)

100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch, optical, 2 x LC connector multimode 2)
9
9
R
S
100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch, optical, 2 x LC connector singlemode 24 km 2) T

Protocol for system interface

8 IEC 61850
IEC 61850 + DNP3 TCP
0
2
IEC 61850 / PROFINET 3)4) 3
IEC 61850 / IEC 60870-5-104 4) 4

9 Additional interfaces
No module 0
GPS module 7

see
next
page

10 1) Already contained in position 6

2) Surcharge for optical interface
3) Only with 100 Mbit Ethernet electrical and multimode
4) In preparation

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

9/14 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Selection and ordering data

ANSI No. Description Order No. Bestell-Nr.

Short code
12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
15 16
16 17 18 19
7SC80 - -3 –
1
Software packages Base Package A F A
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection phase: I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
50N/51N
50N(s)/51N(s)
Time-overcurrent protection ground I E >, I E >>, I E >>>, I EP
Sensitive ground fault protection I EE >, I EE >>, I EEp 4)
2
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
46 Negative sequence / unbalanced load protection
49 Thermal Overload protection
87N High impedance REF 3)
74TC Trip circuit supervision
37 Undercurrent
51c
86
Cold load pickup
Lockout 3
Parameter changeover
Monitoring functions
Control of circuit breaker
Flexible protection functions (current parameters)
Under- / overfrequency
Inrush restraint
Fault recording, average values, min/max values
4
Base Package B (containing A) F B 1)

67 Directional overcurrent protection phase I>, I>>

67N
67Ns
27/59
Directional overcurrent protection ground I E >, I E >>
Directional sensitive ground fault protection I EE >, I EE >>, I EEp 4)
Under- / overvoltage
5
81U/O Under- / overfrequency f< ,f>
25 Sync-check
47 Phase rotation
64/59N Displacement voltage
32/55/81R Flexible protection functions (current and voltage parameters)
Protective function for voltage,
6
power, power factor, frequency change

Base Package N F N
NTP-server functionality, no protection 2) 5)
7
Base Package R F R
pure RTU functionality, no protection 2)

Additional functions

79
Without
With autoreclose
0 8
1
FL With fault locator 2 1)

79/FL With autoreclose and fault locator 3 1)

1) Only with position 7 = 3, 4 or 6

2) Only with position 16 = 0
3) 87N (REF) only with sensitive ground current input (position 7 = 5 oder 6)
4) Depending On the ground current Input the function will Be either sensitive (I EE) or Non-sensitive (I E)
10
5) Only with position 12 = 7

You will find a detailed overview of the technical data (extract of the manual) under: http://www.siemens.com/siprotec

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 9/15

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Connection diagrams

1
72 IN BI1 1
71 BI2 2
70 IC BI3 3
69 BI4 4

2 68
67
IB BI5
BI6
5
6
66 IA BI7 7
65 BI8 8
9

64 BI9 12
63 13
3
BI10
62 BI11 14
61 BI12 15
60 16
59
58
BO1 17
57
4 56
55
Vx
BO2
18
19
20
54
BO3 21
53
22
52
BO4 23

5
51
24
50
BO5 25
49
26
BO6 27
48
28
47 Life Contact
BO7 29

6 46
30

Interference Suppression Capacitors at the

45 BO8 31

Relay Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V

44 32
43
42 GPS antenna port
41 (optional)
9_15_Visio-kl-uebers-7sc80-2-us.pdf

7 40
Port F
e.g. System interface

34 - =
(~)
+ Power Supply USB-DIGSI-Interface
33 =

8 HMI-Interface

Fig. 9/15 General diagram for 7SC8022

10

9/16 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Connection diagrams

1
72 IN BI1 1
71 BI2 2
70 IC BI3 3
69 BI4 4
68
67
IB BI5
BI6
5
6
2
66 IA BI7 7
65 BI8 8
9
10
64 BI9 11
63 12
3
BI10
62 BI11 13
61 BI12 14
60 15
59 16
58
BO1 17
57
56
55
Vx
BO2
18
19
4
20
54 VC
BO3 21
53
22
52 VB
BO4 23
51
50
49
VA
BO5
24
25
5
26
BO6 27
48
28
47 Life Contact
BO7 29
46
30
6
Interference Suppression Capacitors at the
45 BO8 31

Relay Contacts, Ceramic, 2.2 nF, 250 V

44 32
43
42 GPS antenna port
41 (optional)
9_16_Visio-kl-uebers-7sc80-4-us.pdf

40
Port F 7
e.g. System interface

34 - =
(~)
+ Power Supply USB-DIGSI-Interface
33 =
HMI-Interface 8
Fig. 9/16 General diagram for 7SC8024

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 9/17

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Connection examples

Connection of current
and voltage transformers
1 Standard connection 52 52 52
For grounded networks, the ground
current is obtained from the phase 66 IA 65
currents by the residual current IB
2 circuit. 68
IC
67

70 69

LSA4789-en.pdf
P2 S2

IN
P1 S1 72 71

A B C SIPROTEC
3
Fig. 9/17 Current transformer connections to three current transformers and neutral point
current (ground current) (Holmgreen connection) – appropriate for all networks

4 Current transformer connections to

52 52 52
three current transformers, ground
current from an additional summa-
tion current transformer – preferably 66 IA 65
for effectively or low-resistance IB
5 grounded networks. 68
IC
67

70 69
P2 S2

IN
P1 S1 71 72

6 SIPROTEC
A B C

LSA4790a-en.pdf
L l

7 K k

Fig. 9/18 Current transformer connections to three current transformers

10

9/18 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80
Connection examples

Transformer connections to three

current transformers and three A
voltage transformers
A
B
C
Busbar
1
B
a

b 2
50 VA 49

52 VB 51
52 52 52
VC
54

56 Vx
53

55
3
66 IA 65

68 IB 67
IC 4

LSA4792a-en.pdf
70 69
P2 S2

IN
P1 S1 72 71

A B C SIPROTEC
5
Fig. 9/18 Transformer connections to three current transformers
and three voltage transformers (phase-to-ground voltages),
normal circuit layout – appropriate for all networks.

6
Overview of connection types
Type of network Function Current connection Voltage connection
(Low-resistance) grounded
networks
Overcurrent protection phase/
ground non-directional
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-
current transformers required,
– 7
phase-balance neutral current
transformers possible
(Low-resistance) grounded Directional overcurrent Residual circuit, with 3 phase- Phase-to-ground connection or
networks
(Low-resistance) grounded
protection, phase
Directional overcurrent
current transformers possible
Residual circuit, with 3 phase-
phase-to-phase connection
Phase-to-ground connection
8
networks protection for ground-faults current transformers required, required
phase-balance neutral current
transformers possible
Table 9/4 Overview of connection types
9

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 9/19

 Feeder Automation Controller 7SC80

10

9/20 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

Attachment
SIPROTEC Compact
 Attachment

Page
1
Relay selection table 10/3

Ordering examples and accessories 10/13

2 Selection and ordering data 10/14

Dimension drawings 10/15

Legal notice 10/17

10

10/2 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Attachment
SIPROTEC relay selection table

Application Distance protection Line differential protection

SIPROTEC 600er
Device series

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5
2

Compact

7SD610
7SA522

7SD60

7SD80

7SD84

7SD86

7SD87
7SA61

7SA63

7SA64

7SA84

7SA86

7SA87

7SD5
Type
ANSI Functions Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 3
Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole V V V V – – C – – V V – – C
14 Locked rotor protection I> + V< – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
21 Distance protection Z< C C C C C C C – – – V – – –
FL
24
Fault locator
Overexcitation protection
FL
V/f
C C C C C C C
– – – – – – –
–
–
–
–
C C C C C
– – – – –
4
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync V V V V V V V – – – V V V V
27 Undervoltage protection V< V V V V V V V – V V V V V V
27TN/59TN 100% Stator ground-fault 3rd harmonics V0<,>(3.Harm.) – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
32 Directional power supervision P>, P< C C C C V V V – – V C V V V 5
37 Undercurrent, underpower I<, P< – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
38 Temperature supervision Θ> – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
40 Underexcitation protection 1/XD – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
V V V V V V
46
46
Unbalanced-load protection
Negative-sequence system overcurrent
I2>
I2>, I2/I1>
– – – – – – – –
6
protection – – – – V V V – – – – V V V
47 Phase-sequence-voltage supervision LA, LB, LC C C C C C C C – – C C C C C
48 Start-time supervision I2start – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
49
50/50N
Thermal overload protection
Definite time-overcurrent protection
θ, I2t
I>
– C C C V V V – C C C V V V
C C C C C C C V C C C C C C
7
50Ns Sensitive ground-current protection INs> V V V V V V V – – – V V V V
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
50L Load-jam protection I>L – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP V V V V V V V V C V C V V V 8
51/51N Inverse time-overcurrent protection IP, INp C C C C C C C – C C C C C C
51V Overcurrent protection, voltage controlled t=f(I)+V< – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
55 Power factor cos ϕ C C C C C C C – – C C C C C
59
59R, 27R
Overvoltage protection
Rate-of-voltage-change protection
V>
dV/dt
V V V V V V V
– – – – – – –
–
–
V V V V V V
– – – – – –
9
64 Sensitive ground-fault protection (machine) – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
66 Restart inhibit I 2t – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
67 Directional time-overcurrent protection, phase I>,IP ∠ (V,I) C C C C V V V – V V – V V V
67N Directional time-overcurrent protection for IN>, INP∠ (V,I)
ground-faults V V V V V V V – V V V V V V
67Ns Sensitive ground-fault detection for systems IN>, ∠ (V,I)
with resonant or isolated neutral V V V V V V V – – – V V V V
67Ns Directional intermittent ground fault
protection
Iie dir>
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – 10
C Basic V Optional – not available

Table 10/1 SIPROTEC relay selection table

1) In preparation
2) Via CFC

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 10/3

 Attachment
SIPROTEC relay selection table

Application Combined line Overcurrent and feeder protection/

differential feeder automation

1 and distance
protection

SIPROTEC 600er
SIPROTEC easy
Device series

SIPROTEC 5
2

7SJ600

7SJ602
7SL86

7SL87

7SJ45

7SJ46
Type
ANSI Functions Abbr.
3 Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole C C C C C C
Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole – C – – – –
14 Locked rotor protection I> + V< – – – – – –
21 Distance protection Z< C C – – – –

4 FL
24
Fault locator
Overexcitation protection
FL
V/f
C
–
C
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync V V – – – –
27 Undervoltage protection V< V V – – – –
27TN/59TN 100% Stator ground-fault 3rd harmonics V0<,>(3.Harm.) – – – – – –
5 32 Directional power supervision P>, P< V V – – – –
37 Undercurrent, underpower I<, P< – – – – – C
38 Temperature supervision Θ> – – – – – V
40 Underexcitation protection 1/XD – – – – – –
V V C C
6 46
46
Unbalanced-load protection
Negative-sequence system overcurrent
I2>
I2>, I2/I1>
– –

protection V V – – C C
47 Phase-sequence-voltage supervision LA, LB, LC C C – – – –
48 Start-time supervision I2start – – – – – –

7 49
50/50N
Thermal overload protection
Definite time-overcurrent protection
θ, I2t
I>
V
C
V
C
–
C
–
C
C
C
C
C
50Ns Sensitive ground-current protection INs> V V – – – V
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> – – – – – –
50L Load-jam protection I>L – – – – – –
8 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP V V – – C C
51/51N Inverse time-overcurrent protection IP, INp C C C C C C
51V Overcurrent protection, voltage controlled t=f(I)+V< – – – – – –
55 Power factor cos ϕ C C – – – –

9 59
59R, 27R
Overvoltage protection
Rate-of-voltage-change protection
V>
dV/dt
V
–
V
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
V
–
64 Sensitive ground-fault protection (machine) – – – – – –
66 Restart inhibit I2t – – – – – V
67 Directional time-overcurrent protection, I>,IP ∠ (V,I)
phase V V – – – –

67N Directional time-overcurrent protection for IN>, INP∠ (V,I)

ground-faults V V – – – –

67Ns Sensitive ground-fault detection for systems IN>, ∠ (V,I)

with resonant or isolated neutral V V – – – V
10 67Ns Directional intermittent ground fault Iie dir>
– – – – – –
protection
C Basic V Optional – not available

1) In preparation
2) Via CFC

10/4 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Attachment
SIPROTEC relay selection table

Overcurrent and feeder protection/ Generator and motor protection

feeder automation

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 4
2
Compact

Compact

7UM61

7UM62
7SK80

7SK81

7SK85
7SC80
7SJ80

7SJ81

7SJ61

7SJ62

7SJ63

7SJ64

7SJ85

7SJ86
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 3
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – V V V V – – C C – V V
– – – – – – – – – – – – – V
V
–
V
–
V
–
–
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
–
–
–
–
V
–
–
C
–
C
4
V – V – V – V V V – – V – –
V V V – V V V V V V V V C C
– – – – – – – – – – – – – V
V V V – V – V V V V V V C C 5
C C C C C C 2) C V V C C V V V
– – – V V V V V V C C V V V
– – – – – – – – – – – – V V
C C C C C C C C C C C C V V
6
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
V V V C C C C C C V V C C C
– – – V V V V – – C C C V V
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
7
V V C V V V V V V V V V C C
C – – V V – V – – C – – – –
– – – V V V V – – C C C – –
C C C C C C C V V C C V V C 8
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
V – – – C – C – – V – – C C
V V V – V C2) V C2) C2) V V C2) V V
V
V
V
–
V
–
–
–
V
V
V
–
V
V
V
–
V
–
V
V
V
–
V
–
C
–
C
–
9
– – – – – – – – – – – – C C
– – – V V V V – – C C C V V
V V V – V V V V V – – V C C

V V V – V V V V V V V V C C

V V C – V V V V V V V V C C

V – – – C – C – – C – – – –
10
C Basic V Optional – not available

1) In preparation
2) Via CFC

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 10/5

 Attachment
SIPROTEC relay selection table

Application Transformer protection

Device series

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5
2

7UT612

7UT613

7UT63

7UT85

7UT86

7UT87
Type
ANSI Functions Abbr.
3 Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole C C C C C C
Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole – – – – – –
14 Locked rotor protection I> + V< – – – – – –
21 Distance protection Z< – – – – – –

4 FL
24
Fault locator
Overexcitation protection
FL
V/f
–
–
–
V V
– –
–
–
–
–
–
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync – – – V V V
27 Undervoltage protection V< – V V V V V
27TN/59TN 100% Stator ground-fault 3rd harmonics V0<,>(3.Harm.) – – – – – –
5 32 Directional power supervision P>, P< – V V V V V
37 Undercurrent, underpower I<, P< – – – – – –
38 Temperature supervision Θ> V V V V V V
40 Underexcitation protection 1/XD – – – – – –
V V V V V V
6 46
46
Unbalanced-load protection
Negative-sequence system overcurrent
I2>
I2>, I2/I1>
protection V V V V V V
47 Phase-sequence-voltage supervision LA, LB, LC C C C C C C
48 Start-time supervision I2start – – – – – –

7 49
50/50N
Thermal overload protection
Definite time-overcurrent protection
θ, I2t
I>
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
50Ns Sensitive ground-current protection INs> – – – V V V
50Ns Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> – – – – – –
50L Load-jam protection I>L – – – – – –
8 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP V V V V V V
51/51N Inverse time-overcurrent protection IP, INp C C C C C C
51V Overcurrent protection, voltage controlled t=f(I)+V< – – – – – –
55 Power factor cos ϕ C C C V V V
9 59
59R, 27R
Overvoltage protection
Rate-of-voltage-change protection
V>
dV/dt
–
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
64 Sensitive ground-fault protection (machine) – – – – – –
66 Restart inhibit I 2t – – – – – –
67 Directional time-overcurrent protection, phase I>,IP ∠ (V,I) – – – V V V
67N Directional time-overcurrent protection for IN>, INP∠ (V,I)
ground-faults – – – V V V
67Ns Sensitive ground-fault detection for systems IN>, ∠ (V,I)
with resonant or isolated neutral
– – – V V V

10 67Ns Directional intermittent ground fault

protection
Iie dir>
– – – – – –

C Basic V Optional – not available

1) In preparation
2) Via CFC

10/6 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Attachment
SIPROTEC relay selection table

Busbar protection Bay controller Breaker Synchronizing Voltage and Fault

management frequency Recorder
protection
1
SIPROTEC 600er

SIPROTEC 600er
SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 5
2

Compact
6MD61

6MD63

6MD66

6MD85

6MD86

7RW60

7RW80
7VK61

7VK87

7KE85
7SS60

7SS52

7VE6

7VE8
C C – – – V V C C V V C C – 3
C – – – – – – C C – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– V
– –
V
–
–
4
– – – – V V C V C C C – V –
– – – – – V V V V V V C C –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – V V – V – – – – – 5
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
V V
– – – – – – – – – – – –
6
– – – – – V V – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – C C C –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
–
–
–
V
–
–
–
–
–
–
C
V
C
V
–
V
–
V
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
7
– – – – – – – – V – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– C – – V – V C C – – – – – 8
– V – – – V V V V – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
C
–
C
C
–
–
9
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – V – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – 10
C Basic V Optional – not available

1) In preparation
2) Via CFC

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 10/7

 Attachment
SIPROTEC relay selection table

Application Distance protection

Device series

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5
2

7SA522

7SA61

7SA63

7SA64

7SA84

7SA86

7SA87
Type
ANSI Functions Abbr.
3 Undervoltage controlled reactive power
protection
Q>/V<
– – – – – – –

68 Power-swing blocking ΔZ/Δt V V V V V V V

74TC Trip-circuit supervision TCS C C C C C C C
V V V V V V V
4 78
79
Out-of-step protection
Automatic reclosing
ΔZ/Δt
AR V V V V V V V
81 Frequency protection f<, f> V V V V V V V
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt – – – – – – –
Vector-jump protection ∆φU> – – – – – – –

5 81LR
85
Load restoration
Teleprotection
LR –
C
–
C
–
C
–
C C
– –
C
–
C
86 Lockout C C C C C C C
87 Differential protection ΔI – – – – – – –
87N Differential ground-fault protection ΔIN – – – – – – –
6 Broken-wire detection for differential protection – – – – – – –
90V Automatic Voltage Control – – – – – – –
PMU Synchrophasor measurement PMU – – – – V V V
Further Functions

7 Measured values
Switching-statistic counters
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Logic editor C C C C C C C
Inrush-current detection – – – – C C C
External trip initiation C C C C C C C
8 Control C C C C C C C
Fault recording of analog and binary signals C C C C C C C
Extended fault recording – – – – – – –
Fast-scan recorder – – – – – – –

9 Slow-scan recorder
Continuous recorder
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Power quality recorder (class S) – – – – – – –
GOOSE recorder – – – – – – –
Sequence-of-events recorder – – – – – – –
Extended trigger functions – – – – – – –
Monitoring and supervision C C C C C C C
Protection interface, serial V V V V V V V
No. Setting groups 4 4 4 4 8 8 8
10 C Basic V Optional – not available

1) In preparation
2) Via CFC

10/8 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Attachment
SIPROTEC relay selection table

Line differential protection Combined line Overcurrent and feeder protection/

differential feeder automation
and distance
protection 1
SIPROTEC 600er

SIPROTEC 600er
SIPROTEC easy
SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 5
2
Compact

Compact
7SD610

7SJ600

7SJ602
7SD60

7SD80

7SD84

7SD86

7SD87

7SC80
7SL86

7SL87

7SJ45

7SJ46

7SJ80

7SJ81
7SD5

– – – – – – – – – – – – – V – –
3
– – – V – – – V V – – – – – – –
– C C C C C C C C – – C C C C C
V V V
–
–
–
V
–
V V
–
V
–
V
–
V V V
–
–
–
–
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V 4
– V V V V V V V V – – – – V V V
– V – – – – – – – – – – – V V V
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
–
C
–
C
–
C
–
C
–
–
–
–
–
– C
– –
C
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5
– C C C C C C C C – – – – C C C
C C C C C C C C C – – – – – – –
C C V V – – – – – – – – V V – –
– C C C C C C C C – – – – – – – 6
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – V V V V V – – – – – – –

C
–
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
–
–
–
–
C
–
C
–
C
C
C
C
C
C
7
– C C C C C C C C – – – – C C C
V C C C C C C C C – – – – C C C
C C C C C C C C C – – C C C C C
– C C C C C C C C – – – – C C C 8
C C C C C C C C C – – C C C C C
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
9
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
C C C C C C C C C – – C C C C C
– C C C C C C C C – – – – – – –
– 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 4 4 4
C Basic V Optional – not available 10

1) In preparation
2) Via CFC

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 10/9

 Attachment
SIPROTEC relay selection table

Application Overcurrent and feeder protection/

feeder automation

Device series

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5
2

7SJ61

7SJ62

7SJ63

7SJ64

7SJ85

7SJ86
Type
ANSI Functions Abbr.
3 Undervoltage controlled reactive power
protection
Q>/V<
– C – C – –

68 Power-swing blocking ΔZ/Δt – – – – – –

74TC Trip-circuit supervision TCS C C C C C C
4 78
79
Out-of-step protection
Automatic reclosing
ΔZ/Δt
AR
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
–
V
81 Frequency protection f<, f> – V V V V V
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt – V – V – –
Vector-jump protection ∆φU> – – – – – –

5 81LR
85
Load restoration
Teleprotection
LR –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
V
86 Lockout C C C C C C
87 Differential protection ΔI – – – – – –
87N Differential ground-fault protection ΔIN V V V V – –
6 Broken-wire detection for differential protection – – – – – –
90V Automatic Voltage Control – – – – – –
PMU Synchrophasor measurement PMU – – – – V V
Further Functions

7 Measured values
Switching-statistic counters
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Logic editor C C C C C C
Inrush-current detection C C C C C C
External trip initiation C C C2) C C C
8 Control C C C C C C
Fault recording of analog and binary signals C C C C C C
Extended fault recording – – – – – –
Fast-scan recorder – – – – – –

9 Slow-scan recorder
Continuous recorder
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Power quality recorder (class S) – – – – – –
GOOSE recorder – – – – – –
Sequence-of-events recorder – – – – – –
Extended trigger functions – – – – – –
Monitoring and supervision C C C C C C
Protection interface, serial – – – – V V
No. Setting groups 4 4 4 4 8 8
10 C Basic V Optional – not available

1) In preparation
2) Via CFC

10/10 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Attachment
SIPROTEC relay selection table

Generator and motor protection Transformer protection Busbar Bay controller

protection

SIPROTEC 600er
SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 4
2
Compact

7UT612

7UT613
7UM61

7UM62

6MD61

6MD63

6MD66
7UT63

7UT85

7UT86

7UT87
7SK80

7SK81

7SK85

7SS60

7SS52
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
3
– – – – V – – – – – – – – – – –
C C C C C V C C C C C – – – –
V
–
–
–
–
–
V
–
– –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
V 4
V V V C C – V V V V V – – – – –
V V – V V – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – V V – – – – – – – – – – –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5
C C C C C C C C V V V C – – – –
– – – – C C C C C C C C C – – –
– – – V V V V V C C C – – – – –
– – – – – C C C – – – – – – – – 6
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – V – – – – – V V V – – – – –

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
–
C
–
V
C
C
C
C
C
7
C C C C C C C C C C C – C – C C
C C C – V C C C C C C – – – – –
C C C C C C C C C C C – C – – –
C C C C C C C C C C C – – C C C 8
C C C C C C C C C C C C C – – V
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
9
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
– – V – – – – – C C C – – – – –
4 4 8 2 2 4 4 4 8 8 8 1 1 4 4 4
C Basic V Optional – not available 10

1) In preparation
2) Via CFC

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 10/11

 Attachment
SIPROTEC relay selection table

Application Bay controller Breaker Synch- Voltage and Fault

management ronizing frequency Recor-

1 protection der

SIPROTEC 600er
Device series

SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 4

SIPROTEC 5

SIPROTEC 5
2

Compact
6MD85

6MD86

7RW60

7RW80
7VK61

7VK87

7KE85
7VE6

7VE8
Type
ANSI Functions Abbr.
3 Undervoltage controlled reactive power
protection
Q>/V<
– – – – – – – – –

68 Power-swing blocking ΔZ/Δt – – – – – – – – –

74TC Trip-circuit supervision TCS C C C C C C C C –

4 78
79
Out-of-step protection
Automatic reclosing
ΔZ/Δt
AR
–
–
–
V
–
C
–
C
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
81 Frequency protection f<, f> V V – V V V C C –
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt – – – – V V C C –
Vector-jump protection ∆φU> – – – – V V – V –

5 81LR
85
Load restoration
Teleprotection
LR –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
V
–
–
–
86 Lockout – – C C – – – C –
87 Differential protection ΔI – – – – – – – – –
87N Differential ground-fault protection ΔIN – – – – – – – – –
6 Broken-wire detection for differential protection – – – – – – – – –
90V Automatic Voltage Control – – – – – – – – –
PMU Synchrophasor measurement PMU V V – V – – – – V
Further Functions

7 Measured values
Switching-statistic counters
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
–
C
C
–
–
Logic editor C C C C C C – C –
Inrush-current detection V V – C – – – – –
External trip initiation – – C C V V V C –
8 Control C C C C C C – C –
Fault recording of analog and binary signals C C C C C C C C –
Extended fault recording – – – – – – – – C
Fast-scan recorder – – – – – – – – C
9 Slow-scan recorder
Continuous recorder
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
C
C
Power quality recorder (class S) – – – – – – – – V1)
GOOSE recorder – – – – – – – – V1)
Sequence-of-events recorder – – – – – – – – V1)
Extended trigger functions – – – – – – – – V
Monitoring and supervision C C C C C C C C –
Protection interface, serial V1) V1) – V – – – – –
No. Setting groups 8 8 4 8 4 8 1 4 –
10 C Basic V Optional – not available

1) In preparation
2) Via CFC

10/12 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Attachment
Ordering examples and accessories

Ordering example
Position Description Order No. Short code
12 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
7RW80 2 0 - 5 E C 9 6 - 1 D A 0 + L 0 G
1
6 Housing 1/6 19", 3xV, 7 BI, 8 BO1), 1 life status contact 2

8
9
Rated auxiliary voltage: DC 60 V to 250 V; AC 115 V; AC 230 V
Flush mounting housing, screw-type terminal
5
E
2
10 Region US, language US-English, US front, ANSI C
11 Communication: System interface: DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0G
12 Communication: With Ethernet interface (DIGSI, not IEC 61850), RJ45 connector 6
13 Measuring / fault recording 1
14 / 15 Protection function: Voltage and frequency relay DA
3
1) 2 changeover/Form C.

Assessories
4
Product description Variants Order No.
DIGSI 4 Basis 7XS5400-0AA00
Software for projecting and usage of all Basic version with license for 10 computers
Siemens protection devices is running under
32 bit and 64 bit
(authorisation by serial number) 5
Professional 7XS5402-0AA00
MS Windows XP Professional/ DIGSI 4 Basis
MS Windows 7 Ultimate, Enterprise and + SIGRA (Fault record analysis)
Professional, + CFC-Editor (Logic-Editor)
MS Windows Server 2008/R2 + Display-Editor (Editor for control displays)
+ DIGSI 4 Remote (Remote operation) with license for 6
10 computers (authorisation by serial number)
Professional + IEC 61850 7XS5403-0AA00
Professional version and IEC 61850
System configurator
with license for 10 computers
(authorisation by serical number)
7
Terminals
Voltage terminal block C or block E C53207-A406-D181-1
Voltage terminal block D (inverse printed) C53207-A406-D182-1
Jumper voltage block (6 pice)
Standard USB cable (Typee A-Typee B)
C53207-A406-D194-1
available in specialist stores
8
Surface console Accessories for flush-mounted variant perform an C53207-A356-D850-1
surface-mounted variant
Mounting bracket set for 19" frame C73165-A63-D200-1

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 10/13

 Attachment
Selection and ordering data

Description Order No.

1 SIGRA 4
Software for graphic visualisation, analysis and evaluation of fault and measurement records
is running under 32- and 64-Bit
MS Windows XP Professional
MS Windows 7
MS Windoxs Server 2008 R2

2 see product information for supported service packs of operating systems

SIGRA 4 for DIGSI

With license for 10 PCs
(authorisation by serial number) For ordering the specification of a DIGSI 4 serial number is required. 7XS5410-0AA00

SIGRA 4 Scientific

3 Installation without DIGSI 4 only for university-level institutions with license for 10 PCs
(authorisation by serial number) 7XS5416-1AA00

Stand Alone Version

Installation without DIGSI 4 (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5416-0AA00

4 Trial SIGRA 4
Like SIGRA 4 Stand Alone, but only valid for 30 days (test version)
(no authorisation required) 7XS5411-1AA00

Upgrade SIGRA 4 Trial to SIGRA 4 Stand Alone

5 Like SIGRA 4 Stand Alone. For customers who want to unlock their trial version.
With license for 10 PCs 7XS5416-2AA00

10

10/14 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Attachment
Dimension drawings

74/2.9
70/2.76
74/2.9
70/2.76
74/2.9
70/2.76
1

SIP C-0019-de.ai
LSA4837a-de.ai

3
Rear view Rear view Rear view Side view Front view Panel cut-out
7RW80 7SJ80, 7SK80 7SJ81, 7SK81
and 7SD80
4
Fig. 10/1 Panel surface and cabinet flush mounting

9
SIP-0014.en.EPS

Side view 7RW80 Side view 7SJ8, 7SK8, 7SD80 Front view

Fig.10/2 Side views for panel surface mounting

10

Note: Dimensions in mm
Values in Brackets in inches

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 10/15

 Attachment
Dimension drawings

Dimension drawings 7SC80

Maßbilder 7SC80 side.tif

3 Fig. 10/3 7SC80

9
Maßbilder 7SC80 front.tif

Fig. 10/4 7SC80 front dimensions

10

Note: Dimensions in mm
Values in Brackets in inches

10/16 SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2

 Attachment
Legal notice

Indication of conformity Copyright

This product conforms to the regulations of Copyright © Siemens AG 2011. All rights reserved.
the Directive of the Council of the European
Communities on the approximation of the
The disclosure, duplication, distribution and editing of this 1
document, or utilization and communication of the content are
laws of the Member States relating to elec-
not permitted, unless authorized in writing. All rights, including
tromagnetic compatibility (EMC Directive rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model
89/336/EEC) and concerning electrical equipment for use or a design, are reserved.
within specified voltage limits (Low-Voltage Directive
73/23/EEC). Registered trademarks
2
This conformity is the result of a test performed by Siemens SIPROTEC, DIGSI, SIGUARD, SIMEAS and SICAM are registered
AG according to Article 10 of the Directive in compliance trademarks of Siemens AG. Any unauthorized use is illegal. All
with the basic technical standards EN 50081 and EN 50082 other designations in this document can be trademarks whose
for the EMC Directive, and with the standard EN 60255-6 for use by third parties for their own purposes can infringe the
rights of the owner.
the Low-Voltage Directive.
The device has been especially developed and manufactured
3
for application in the industrial sector according to the EMC
standard.
The product is conform with the international standard
of the IEC 60255 series, and with the German standard 4
DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Disclaimer of liability
This document has been subjected to rigorous technical review
before being published. It is revised at regular intervals, and
any modifications and amendments are included in the subse-
5
quent issues. The content of this document has been compiled
for information purposes only. Although Siemens AG has made
best efforts to keep the document as precise and up-to-date as
possible, Siemens AG shall not assume any liability for defects
and damage which result through use of the information
6
contained herein.
This content does not form part of a contract or of business
relations; nor does it change these. All obligations of
Siemens AG are stated in the relevant contractual agreements.
7
Document version: 02
Release status: 09.2012
Version of the product described: V 2.0
8

10

SIPROTEC Compact · SIEMENS SIP 3.01 · Edition 2 10/17

Published by and copyright © 2012:
Siemens AG
Infrastructure & Cities Sector
Smart Grid Division
Energy Automation
Humboldtstr. 59
90459 Nuremberg
Germany

All rights reserved.

If not stated otherwise on the individual pages of this
catalog, we reserve the right to include modifications,
especially regarding the stated values, dimensions and weights.

Drawings are not binding.

All product designations used are trademarks or product
names of Siemens AG or other suppliers.
If not stated otherwise, all dimensions in this
catalog are given in mm (inch).

Subject to change without prior notice.

The information in this document contains general
descriptions of the technical Optionals available, which
may not apply in all cases. The required technical
Optionals should therefore be specified in the contract.

For more information, Order No. IC1000-K4403-A011-A2-7600

please contact our Printed in Germany
Customer Support Center. Dispo 06200, c4bs 769
Tel.: +49 180 524 84 37 KG 11.12 2.0 212 En
Fax: +49 180 524 24 71 007500 / 45153 WÜ
(Charges depending on provider) Printed on elementary chlorine-free bleached paper.
E-Mail: [email protected]
www.siemens.com/siprotec